12.07.2015 Views

Derivatives in Plain Words by Frederic Lau, with a ... - HKU Libraries

Derivatives in Plain Words by Frederic Lau, with a ... - HKU Libraries

Derivatives in Plain Words by Frederic Lau, with a ... - HKU Libraries

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS
  • No tags were found...

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONGLIBRARIESThis book was received<strong>in</strong> accordance <strong>with</strong> the BooksRegistration Ord<strong>in</strong>anceSection 4


<strong>Derivatives</strong> <strong>in</strong>Pla<strong>in</strong> <strong>Words</strong><strong>by</strong> <strong>Frederic</strong> <strong>Lau</strong>, <strong>with</strong> a Preface <strong>by</strong> David Carse* OBI #HONG KONG MONETARY AUTHORITY


VI- . .7 « i8^p ! ««^^OOSHSlVCJ


DERIVATIVES INTable of ContentsPagePrefaceAcknowledgementsVIIChapter IRisk and ReturnIChapter 2Chapter 3Chapter 4Chapter 5Chapter 6Chapter 7Chapter 8Some Fundamentals of <strong>Derivatives</strong> 7Pric<strong>in</strong>g of a Forward Contract and the Yield Curve 12Forwards and Futures 19Swaps 24Different Types of Swaps 35Duration and Convexity 41Introduction of Options 48Chapter 9 Delta and Volatility 54Chapter 10 Trad<strong>in</strong>g Options is Trad<strong>in</strong>g Volatility 60Chapter I I The Gamma of an Option 66Chapter 12 Mortgage-backed Securities 70Chapter 13 Hedg<strong>in</strong>g <strong>with</strong> <strong>Derivatives</strong> 76Chapter 14 Credit <strong>Derivatives</strong> 81Chapter 15 Value at Risk 87Chapter 16 Hang Seng Index and HIBOR <strong>Derivatives</strong> 98Chapter 17 Manag<strong>in</strong>g Risks <strong>in</strong> Banks 103Appendix Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> 110and Other Traded InstrumentsAll op<strong>in</strong>ions expressed m this book are those of the authors and not necessarily those of the Hong KongMonetary Authority


Ever s<strong>in</strong>ce derivatives took centre-stage <strong>in</strong> the world f<strong>in</strong>ancial markets, theyhave generated much publicity and controversy. On the one hand, criticsargue that derivatives have the potential to adversely affect bank<strong>in</strong>g stability.They took some of the blame (undeservedly) for the downfall of Bar<strong>in</strong>gsand other notorious losses such as those suffered <strong>by</strong> the Daiwa Bank andOrange County. On the other hand, they are applauded <strong>by</strong> those who seederivatives as a hedg<strong>in</strong>g tool to reduce f<strong>in</strong>ancial risks.While the derivatives market <strong>in</strong> Hong Kong is not as large as that of NewYork, London or Tokyo, it has grown substantially <strong>in</strong> the 1990s, Based onthe triennial survey organised <strong>by</strong> the Bank for International Settlements,Hong Kong was the seventh largest derivatives trad<strong>in</strong>g centre <strong>in</strong> the world<strong>in</strong> April 1995 <strong>with</strong> an average daily turnover of US$74 billion. The 1995volume almost doubled that of 1992. There is an <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g trend forf<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>stitutions and <strong>in</strong>vestors <strong>in</strong> Hong Kong to use derivatives as ahedg<strong>in</strong>g and yield enhancement vehicle. For example, the Exchange FundOrd<strong>in</strong>ance gives the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (HKMA) the authorityto use derivatives prudently to m<strong>in</strong>imise risks when <strong>in</strong>vest<strong>in</strong>g the funds ofthe Exchange Fund.Sound supervisory regimeThe growth of the derivatives market has been a catalyst for major changes<strong>in</strong> the way <strong>in</strong> which both bank<strong>in</strong>g and securities regulators approach theirtask. From the supervisory po<strong>in</strong>t of view, f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>stitutions must haveadequate systems <strong>in</strong> place to ensure prudent risk management. They mustalso have sufficient capital <strong>in</strong> place to support the risks. The market itselfalso has an important role to play <strong>in</strong> re<strong>in</strong>forc<strong>in</strong>g self-discipl<strong>in</strong>e, provided thatit is given sufficient <strong>in</strong>formation to do so. Like other regulators around theworld, the HKMA has been develop<strong>in</strong>g a supervisory approach to derivativesbased on these three pillars.Preface


Risk management systemsBoth banks and supervisors have always been concerned <strong>with</strong> the adequacyof risk management systems. However, this concern has become morehighly developed and explicit <strong>in</strong> recent years as a result of certa<strong>in</strong> featuresof derivatives. In particular, the capacity of derivatives to quickly change therisk profile of a bank can make assessment of its f<strong>in</strong>ancial condition at aparticular po<strong>in</strong>t <strong>in</strong> time less mean<strong>in</strong>gful. This has led to greater emphasis<strong>by</strong> supervisors on satisfy<strong>in</strong>g themselves that banks and other f<strong>in</strong>ancial<strong>in</strong>stitutions have adequate systems <strong>in</strong> place for measur<strong>in</strong>g, manag<strong>in</strong>g andcontroll<strong>in</strong>g risk on an ongo<strong>in</strong>g basis. The new approach, which is forwardlook<strong>in</strong>g, shifts the focus of attention more to processes rather than historicalf<strong>in</strong>ancial performance.The key elements of a sound risk management system have been spelt out<strong>in</strong> the guidel<strong>in</strong>es issued <strong>by</strong> the Basle Committee. In particular, there isemphasis on the role of the board of directors <strong>in</strong> sett<strong>in</strong>g the overall riskappetite of the bank and approv<strong>in</strong>g policies and procedures designed toensure that the risk exposures <strong>in</strong>curred <strong>by</strong> the bank are consistent <strong>with</strong> thatappetite. Once risk management policies have been approved <strong>by</strong> the board,it is the job of the management to implement these. One of the featuresof modern risk management is the more scientific approach which is nowpossible towards the quantification of risk. This is important because whenrisk can be accurately measured, it becomes possible to take on risk <strong>in</strong> amore <strong>in</strong>formed and controlled manner In other words, banks should be <strong>in</strong>a better position to control their own dest<strong>in</strong>y rather than be<strong>in</strong>g at themercy of market forces which they do not fully understand.This trend towards better quantification of risk is evident <strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>guse of statistical models which attempt to measure the potential loss <strong>in</strong> aportfolio associated <strong>with</strong> price movements of a given probability over aspecified time period. This approach has the advantage of <strong>in</strong>corporat<strong>in</strong>g notonly a measure of the sensitivity of the portfolio to shifts <strong>in</strong> prices, but alsoan estimate of the likelihood of those shifts occurr<strong>in</strong>g. It also enables therisks across different portfolios to be aggregated and reduced to a commonPreface


denom<strong>in</strong>ator, value at risk, which can be more <strong>in</strong>tuitively understood <strong>by</strong> theboard and senior management. This approach has been developed <strong>in</strong> relationto the measurement of market risk, but it also has application <strong>in</strong> measur<strong>in</strong>gcredit risk across a portfolio.The HKMA welcomes the use of value at risk and other statistical models.However, there are important caveats. First, it is possible for seniormanagement to be lulled <strong>in</strong>to a false sense of security <strong>by</strong> such models.While on the face of it the mathematics of the models may be quitecomplex, they are <strong>in</strong> fact based on a set of simplify<strong>in</strong>g assumptions, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>gthat changes <strong>in</strong> prices or rates are normally distributed and that positionscan be traded out <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> the assumed hold<strong>in</strong>g period. It is importanttherefore that models should not be seen as supply<strong>in</strong>g the right answerunder all circumstances. If volatilities change dramatically and if marketliquidity dries up, the potential for loss may be greater than that predicted<strong>by</strong> the model. This means that stress tests should also be used to calculatethe exposure under worst case market scenarios, which may not be probablebut which are certa<strong>in</strong>ly possible. This may then lead management to setmore conservative limits than the value at risk model would otherwiseimply. Thus, subjective judgement still matters.The second po<strong>in</strong>t is that, as the Basle Committee has emphasised, thequalitative controls surround<strong>in</strong>g how models are used are just as importantas the mathematics. In particular, as recent events have demonstrated, it isvital that the data on prices and volatilities which are fed <strong>in</strong>to models areaccurate and are regularly checked <strong>by</strong> an <strong>in</strong>dependent risk control unit. Themodels themselves should be subject to regular <strong>in</strong>dependent review andback-test<strong>in</strong>g. This pr<strong>in</strong>ciple of checks and balances and segregation of dutiesis absolutely vital for all aspects of a trad<strong>in</strong>g operation.Supervisors need to have the capability to evaluate risk management systemsand the way <strong>in</strong> which models are used. In Hong Kong, we have set up aSpecialist <strong>Derivatives</strong> Team to help <strong>in</strong> formulat<strong>in</strong>g regulatory policies and practices,conduct<strong>in</strong>g exam<strong>in</strong>ations of treasury operations and review<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>-house models.Preface


Sufficient capital to <strong>with</strong>stand lossesHowever, risk management is not the whole story. Even <strong>in</strong> well-run trad<strong>in</strong>goperations it is possible that losses may occur as a result of unexpectedmarket movements and it is thus necessary to ensure that banks havesufficient capital to be able to <strong>with</strong>stand such losses. The exist<strong>in</strong>g capitaladequacy framework <strong>in</strong> Hong Kong is based on the 1988 Basle CapitalAccord which almost exclusively deals <strong>with</strong> credit risk. In 1996, the BasleCommittee amended the Accord to take account of market risk. By theend of 1997 we shall have changed our capital adequacy rules <strong>in</strong> Hong Kongto take account of this.It does not appear that the <strong>in</strong>troduction of market risk will have a greatimpact on the capital ratios of most local authorised <strong>in</strong>stitutions us<strong>in</strong>g the"standardised approach" of the Basle Committee. Even so, <strong>in</strong> l<strong>in</strong>e <strong>with</strong> theBasle recommendations, we propose to give <strong>in</strong>stitutions the opportunity toeconomise still further on the use of capital <strong>by</strong> allow<strong>in</strong>g those who arequalified to do so the alternative of us<strong>in</strong>g their own <strong>in</strong>ternal statisticalmodels to calculate the capital requirement. This is <strong>in</strong> keep<strong>in</strong>g <strong>with</strong> theBasle Committee's objective of giv<strong>in</strong>g banks every opportunity to improvetheir own <strong>in</strong>ternal risk management. However, as modell<strong>in</strong>g is still not anexact science, the Basle Committee has <strong>in</strong>sisted that the value at riskproduced <strong>by</strong> a model should be multiplied <strong>by</strong> a factor of at least three <strong>in</strong>order to arrive at the capital requirement.Increased market transparencyThe f<strong>in</strong>al leg of the supervisory approach is to try to improve the qualityof <strong>in</strong>formation about the derivatives activity be<strong>in</strong>g conducted <strong>in</strong> marketsaround the world and <strong>by</strong> <strong>in</strong>dividual market participants.First, supervisors are try<strong>in</strong>g to improve their understand<strong>in</strong>g of how derivativesaffect the overall risk profile and profitability of banks and securities firms.The Basle Committee and the International Organisation of SecuritiesCommissions (IOSCO) have therefore jo<strong>in</strong>tly developed a framework forPreface


the k<strong>in</strong>d of <strong>in</strong>formation that supervisors should seek from their <strong>in</strong>stitutions.The HKMA will take account of this framework <strong>in</strong> further develop<strong>in</strong>g thereport<strong>in</strong>g regime <strong>in</strong> Hong Kong.Second, banks and securities companies are be<strong>in</strong>g encouraged to expand theamount of public disclosure which they make about their overall <strong>in</strong>volvement<strong>in</strong> the derivatives market and trad<strong>in</strong>g, the impact of these activities onprofitability and their performance <strong>in</strong> manag<strong>in</strong>g the risks. If provided <strong>with</strong>mean<strong>in</strong>gful <strong>in</strong>formation, the market should be able to exert its own discipl<strong>in</strong>eon <strong>in</strong>stitutions to manage their derivatives bus<strong>in</strong>ess <strong>in</strong> a prudent fashion. Ifso, this should complement the efforts of the supervisors. In Hong Kong,the <strong>in</strong>formation published <strong>by</strong> banks <strong>in</strong> their annual reports about their<strong>in</strong>volvement <strong>in</strong> derivatives and trad<strong>in</strong>g activities has <strong>in</strong>creased greatly <strong>in</strong>recent years. This policy of more transparency will cont<strong>in</strong>ue.Third, central banks are try<strong>in</strong>g to obta<strong>in</strong> more statistics about activity <strong>in</strong>global derivatives markets so that they can better monitor the macroeconomicas well as the prudential aspects of this bus<strong>in</strong>ess. Hong Kong is participat<strong>in</strong>g<strong>in</strong> this exercise.About this bookAs part of our efforts to raise the level of awareness of our staff onderivatives and to keep abreast of market developments, Mr <strong>Frederic</strong> <strong>Lau</strong>,the leader of the HKMA <strong>Derivatives</strong> Team started to write a series ofarticles on the subject. Other past and present members of the Team,Dr Chau Ka-lok, Dr Hui Cho-hoi, Mr Cedric Wong, Mr Henry Cheng andMr Adrian Pang, also contributed to the series. The articles, circulated<strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> the HKMA, were <strong>in</strong>tended to augment the various sem<strong>in</strong>ars andtra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g programmes on derivatives organised <strong>in</strong>-house or <strong>by</strong> outsideorganisations for bank<strong>in</strong>g supervisory staff.We believe the series have grown to such a size that it is worth publish<strong>in</strong>gthem <strong>in</strong> the form of a book to make them accessible to a larger audience.Preface


There is no shortage of books on derivatives available <strong>in</strong> bookstores. Thisbook is not <strong>in</strong>tended for traders or market professionals or academics whowish to acquire advanced knowledge of derivatives. Rather, it is what itstitle suggests — a guide to derivatives <strong>in</strong> pla<strong>in</strong> words <strong>in</strong>tended for a wideaudience of non-experts. The book focuses on the underly<strong>in</strong>g concepts ofderivatives, the nature and risks of different derivatives products and theappropriate risk measurement and management techniques. Also coveredare new market developments such as credit derivatives.I hope that this book will help to demystify derivatives and contribute tothe healthy growth of the market <strong>in</strong> Hong Kong.David CarseDeputy Chief ExecutiveHong Kong Monetary AuthorityPreface


This book is a team effort of the Hong Kong Monetary Authority's (HKMA's)<strong>Derivatives</strong> Team. Dr Chau Ka-iok not only wrote some part of the bookwhile he was <strong>with</strong> the HKMA, he also provided useful comments andrecommendations for other parts of the book. Dr Hui Cho-hoi provideduseful comments. Mr Cedric Wong drafted a portion of Chapter 3.Mr Henry Cheng and Mr Adrian Pang wrote the last chapter and edited theentire book.In addition, Mr Donald McCormick of the Office of Thrift Supervision, USDepartment of Treasury, reviewed the book and made his suggestions.Acknowledgements


iINVESTMENT RETURN AND ASSOCIATED RISK"Risk, and risk alone, determ<strong>in</strong>es the degree to which returns will be above orbelow average."Burton G Malkiel 'As we all know, <strong>in</strong>vestment returns consist of dividend or <strong>in</strong>terest <strong>in</strong>comeplus change <strong>in</strong> pr<strong>in</strong>cipal or market price.There are many ways to measure <strong>in</strong>vestment returns. The most commonways are return on equity, return on assets, earn<strong>in</strong>gs per share, etc. Butthere is one problem. All these return measurements do not tell you howmuch risk is <strong>in</strong>volved <strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>vestment. For example, you <strong>in</strong>vested <strong>in</strong> an oildrill<strong>in</strong>gbus<strong>in</strong>ess, and the returns of your <strong>in</strong>vestment <strong>in</strong> the last five yearswere -10 percent, 25 percent, 15 percent, -40 percent and 75 percentrespectively. The geometric mean or annual compound or time-weightedrate of return of this <strong>in</strong>vestment is 6.32 percent 2 What do you th<strong>in</strong>k aboutthis <strong>in</strong>vestment? And what k<strong>in</strong>d of expected return should you have for thistype of <strong>in</strong>vestment? If there is a government bond yield<strong>in</strong>g 6.32 percent forthe last five years, which <strong>in</strong>vestment would you rather have? it is clear that<strong>in</strong> order for us to appropriately measure returns, we have to know theassociated risk.What is risk? The American Heritage Dictionary def<strong>in</strong>es risk as u the possibilityof suffer<strong>in</strong>g harm or loss". In the f<strong>in</strong>ancial field, most would consider thatrisk is the chance that expected <strong>in</strong>vestment returns will not be materialisedand, <strong>in</strong> particular, that the <strong>in</strong>vestment will fall <strong>in</strong> price.' The world renowned f<strong>in</strong>ance professor at Pr<strong>in</strong>ceton University, and the author of "A Random Walk Down Wall Street".2 The geometric mean or annual compound rate of return is: (0.9 x 1.25 x 1.15 x 0.6 x /J5J m - / = 0.0632 or 6.32%.Risk and Return


While most market participants def<strong>in</strong>e risk as the chance of loss, the academicsdef<strong>in</strong>e f<strong>in</strong>ancial risk as the variance or standard deviation of returns.Harry Markowitz <strong>in</strong> 1952 provided a pioneer<strong>in</strong>g framework of modernportfolio theory. It says that rational <strong>in</strong>vestors should conduct themselves<strong>in</strong> a manner which reflects their <strong>in</strong>herent aversion to absorb<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>creasedrisk <strong>with</strong>out compensation <strong>by</strong> an adequate <strong>in</strong>crease <strong>in</strong> expected return. Inother words, risk-averse <strong>in</strong>vestors would like to m<strong>in</strong>imise risk while maximis<strong>in</strong>greturn. This means that for any given expected rate of return, rational<strong>in</strong>vestors (risk-averse <strong>in</strong>vestors are rational <strong>in</strong>vestors) will prefer a portfolioconta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g m<strong>in</strong>imum expected deviation of returns around the mean. Thusrisk was def<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>by</strong> Markowitz as the uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty, or variability of returns,measured <strong>by</strong> standard deviation of expected returns about the mean.In the bank<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>dustry, sophisticated American and European banks havebeen us<strong>in</strong>g "risk adjusted return on risk adjusted capital" (RARORAC) tomeasure a bank's performance for a number of years. The RARORACconcept applies a charge to all returns based on the amount of risk capitalwhich each activity utilises, so that bus<strong>in</strong>ess activities can easily be comparedaga<strong>in</strong>st each other, as well as aga<strong>in</strong>st <strong>in</strong>ternal target rates of return.Management uses RARORAC to measure the performance of each l<strong>in</strong>e ofbus<strong>in</strong>ess, compare the profitability of different activities, and allocate humanand capital resources.In the fund management <strong>in</strong>dustry, a commonly used performance measureis the Sharpe Ratio, which is the ratio of extra return (<strong>in</strong>vestment returnm<strong>in</strong>us the risk free rate) to standard deviation. The Sharpe Ratio is ameasure consider<strong>in</strong>g both return and risk. Nowadays, sophisticated f<strong>in</strong>ancial<strong>in</strong>stitutions often use the Sharpe Ratio to measure traders' performances.MEASURING RISKWhat is standard deviation? In brief, standard deviation measures variationaround an average. Say the average of 30 monthly rates of return is 15 percent,and the standard deviation is 5 percent. Conceptually, the returns between 10Risk and Return


percent (15 - 5) and 20 percent (15+5) fall <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> one standard deviation ofthe average return. Similarly, the returns between 5 percent [15 - (2x5)] and25 percent [IS+(2x5)] fall <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> two standard deviations of the average.In a normally distributed sample, approximately 68 percent of the values are<strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> one standard deviation, approximately 95 percent of the values are<strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> two standard deviations, and 99.7 percent of the values are <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong>three standard deviations of the mean.Based on what we just described, an <strong>in</strong>vestment whose returns are notlikely to deviate far from its average return or expected return is said tocarry little risk. An <strong>in</strong>vestment whose returns from year to year are quitevolatile (the oil-drill<strong>in</strong>g bus<strong>in</strong>ess described earlier) is said to be a risky<strong>in</strong>vestment. From the eye-ball<strong>in</strong>g technique, we all see the annual returnsof the oil-drill<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>vestment are volatile — negative 40 percent for one year,positive 75 percent for another. The standard deviation of the oil-drill<strong>in</strong>g<strong>in</strong>vestment is calculated as follows:Year1Return%-10Change <strong>in</strong> return(A)A - Mean of change(B)B 2225+3513.75189.1315-10-31.25976.64-40-55-76.255,814.1575+ 11593.758,789.1Mean of change= 21.25Sum of B 2= 15,768.9Standard deviation = V15,768.9/4= 62.8The simple mean, or arithmetic mean, of returns <strong>in</strong> this case is 13%. Therefore,returns between -49.8% and +75.8% fall <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> the range of one standarddeviation. (We discussed earlier that the annual compound rate of returnRisk and Return


of this <strong>in</strong>vestment is 6.32 percent which is different from the simple meanof return here.) Obviously, the risk for this <strong>in</strong>vestment is tremendous.There are other ways of measur<strong>in</strong>g risk. Besides standard deviation, otherrisk measurement concepts such as beta, and the latest risk measurementconcept, value at risk.VALUE AT RISKValue at risk is "the expected loss from an adverse market movement <strong>with</strong>a specified probability over a period of time" 3 . A simple illustration maymake the picture a little clearer:A bank has an open US$/DEM position of $1.0 million. The historicaldata <strong>in</strong>dicates that the one-day volatility dur<strong>in</strong>g an adverse US$/DEMexchange rate movement is 0.08 percent. The value at risk based on onestandard deviation, or I a, is:$1.0 million x 0.08 percent = $800The value at risk based on two standard deviations is:$1.0 million x 2 x 0.08 percent = $1,600The value at risk based on three standard deviations is:$1.0 million x 3 x 0.08 percent = $2,400Graphically, it is:-$80016% One-tailed probability-$1,6002.3%-$2,4000.14%3 <strong>Derivatives</strong>: Practices and Pr<strong>in</strong>ciples, <strong>by</strong> the Group of Thirty.Risk and Return


This example can be <strong>in</strong>terpreted as there is an approximately 16 percentprobability based on the past price movement experience that the bank maylose $800 overnight (or there is an approximately 84 percent probabilitythat the loss will not be greater than $800), approximately 2.3 percentprobability the bank may lose $1,600, and approximately 0.14 percentprobability the bank may lose $2,400.Management can use this <strong>in</strong>formation to measure, control and manage thebank's open positions, design limits structure, and allocate capital. Regulatorscan use this <strong>in</strong>formation to supervise and monitor the bank's trad<strong>in</strong>g activities.From the above example, we know we need at least three th<strong>in</strong>gs to measurevalue at risk: (I) the notional amount of the underly<strong>in</strong>g, (2) the number ofstandard deviation required, i.e. the protection level, and (3) the volatility.The notional amount is self-explanatory. The standard deviation is determ<strong>in</strong>ed<strong>by</strong> the person or persons who measure the value at risk. Market practitionersoften use two standard deviations when they measure value at risk. It meansthat there is one <strong>in</strong> 40 chances that the event would occur Marketpractitioners consider this acceptable. Regulators, on the other hand, aremore conservative. In the recent Basle market risk capital adequacy proposal,a 99 percent confidence <strong>in</strong>terval (approximately 2.33 standard deviations)was proposed, and for our example above, the value at risk amount is$ 1,864. That means banks may have to set aside more risk capital, $264 <strong>in</strong>our example, than when us<strong>in</strong>g two standard deviations. The third element,volatility is the market price fluctuation dur<strong>in</strong>g a specific period of time.Market participants usually use historical data of one day's price movementto determ<strong>in</strong>e volatility. Some may use a longer hold<strong>in</strong>g period, two days orone week <strong>in</strong>stead of one day. The longer the hold<strong>in</strong>g period, usually thehigher the volatility. The Basle proposal requires a 10-day hold<strong>in</strong>g periocwhich aga<strong>in</strong> creates some debate <strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>dustry. Basle's argument is thaidur<strong>in</strong>g an adverse market, the time needed to liquidate a position is longeithan normal However, market participants th<strong>in</strong>k that the 10-day hold<strong>in</strong>gperiod is unrealistic. The Basle Committee also requires that historical dat;should cover at least one year's data <strong>in</strong> order to be representative.Risk and Return


Mathematically, the relation between a one-day value at risk and a 10-dayvalue at risk is the multiplication factor of square root of 10 (the so-calledsquare root of time rule). That means the value at risk <strong>in</strong> our examplebased on a hold<strong>in</strong>g period of 10 days and 99 percent confidence level is$ 1,864 x ^/TO or $5,894. The Basle Committee also imposes a multiplicationfactor of at least three to the resultant value at risk to capture estimationerrors. This aga<strong>in</strong> is be<strong>in</strong>g seen as excessive <strong>by</strong> the bank<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>dustry. Theargument of the <strong>in</strong>dustry is that a comb<strong>in</strong>ation of a 10-day hold<strong>in</strong>g periodand a multiplication factor of three is equivalent to a hold<strong>in</strong>g period of 90days (3 x VTO = A/90) which is grossly excessive and unrealistic. The BasleCommittee th<strong>in</strong>ks that the multiplication factor of three is a proper safetynet for the <strong>in</strong>accuracy of the bank's value at risk model and other unforeseenfactors.The concept of value at risk is relatively new. It is also much more mean<strong>in</strong>gfulthan notional amount, because it directly relates to the level of risk. Asimple example can illustrate this po<strong>in</strong>t. If someone tells you that he justbought $50,000 of ABC Company's bond, all you know is that he has aposition of $50,000 and noth<strong>in</strong>g about how much risk he is tak<strong>in</strong>g. But ifhe also tells you that the usual daily price change of this bond is onepercent, you should realise that his daily price risk is $500.Value at risk has a dist<strong>in</strong>ct advantage over notional amount, because notionalamount tells you noth<strong>in</strong>g about the level of risk <strong>in</strong> which the bank isstatistically <strong>in</strong>volved. Whilst it may be argued that the past cannot predictthe future, and implement<strong>in</strong>g the value at risk concept is not an easy job,value at risk is nevertheless an extremely powerful tool for decision-makers<strong>in</strong> a bank as all the risk exposures can be summarised <strong>in</strong>to one s<strong>in</strong>glenumber.Risk and Return


OFIn this chapter, we will discuss some of the common derivative products andthe fundamentals relat<strong>in</strong>g to these <strong>in</strong>struments.OF DERIVATIVESWhat is a derivative <strong>in</strong>strument?A derivative <strong>in</strong>strument is a contract whose value depends on, or derivesfrom, the value of an underly<strong>in</strong>g asset or <strong>in</strong>dex. For example, the value ofan option on IBM depends on the share price of IBM. If the share price ofIBM rises, the value of the call option of IBM also rises, although not <strong>in</strong> thesame proportion.<strong>Derivatives</strong> <strong>in</strong>clude a wide variety of f<strong>in</strong>ancial contracts, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g: futures,forwards, options, swaps, and various comb<strong>in</strong>ations and variations thereof, suchas caps, floors, collars, structured debt obligations, collateralised mortgageobligations (CMO), pass through mortgage-backed securities (MBS), warrants, etc.TYPES OF DERIVATIVES<strong>Derivatives</strong> can be classified <strong>in</strong>to two types: forwards and options.Forward derivatives <strong>in</strong>clude ma<strong>in</strong>ly forwards, futures and swaps. The payoffr , . . ,.^V^ r H


$10,000. (For simplification of presentation, we assume a parallel shift of theyield curve and no convexity.) The symmetric payoff pattern <strong>in</strong> this exampleis apparent.Option derivatives <strong>in</strong>clude options, caps, floors and all f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>struments<strong>with</strong> embedded options such as warrants, callable bonds, MBS and CMO.The payoff pattern of these <strong>in</strong>struments is non-l<strong>in</strong>ear and asymmetric. Itmeans that the change <strong>in</strong> value of the derivative is not <strong>in</strong> the same proportionand may not be <strong>in</strong> the same direction as the change <strong>in</strong> value of the underly<strong>in</strong>g.For options transactions, an option buyer's risk exposure is known andlimited. This option buyer pays a premium for purchas<strong>in</strong>g a call option. Themaximum amount he would lose is the premium he pays. The upsidepotential for him is unlimited, because the price of the underly<strong>in</strong>g couldtheoretically go up <strong>by</strong> 10 times, 20 times or even 100 times. The optionwriter's situation is just the opposite. He receives a premium for sell<strong>in</strong>g theoption. The maximum ga<strong>in</strong> for him is the premium he receives. If the priceof the underly<strong>in</strong>g soars, his loss could be tremendous. Therefore, an optionwriter's risk exposure is unknown and unlimited.In the above discussion, you can also see how leverage comes <strong>in</strong>to play <strong>in</strong>option transactions. The option buyer pays a relatively small premium toparticipate <strong>in</strong> the market. On the one hand, he could lose all the premiumhe pays. On the other hand, he could ga<strong>in</strong> 10 or even 100 times of thepremium he pays if the market soars.SOME HISTORY ABOUT DERIVATIVESThe history of derivatives goes back as far as the Middle Ages. In those days,farmers and merchants used futures and forwards to hedge their risks.For <strong>in</strong>stance, a farmer harvested gra<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong> July. But <strong>in</strong> April, he was uncerta<strong>in</strong>about what price of gra<strong>in</strong> he would get <strong>in</strong> July. Dur<strong>in</strong>g the years of oversupply,the farmer bore tremendous price risk as the price of gra<strong>in</strong> would be lowerthan he expected, and he might not recover the cost of production.A gra<strong>in</strong> merchant also bore tremendous price risk dur<strong>in</strong>g the years ofSome Fundamentals of <strong>Derivatives</strong>


scarcity when the price of gra<strong>in</strong> was higher than expected. Therefore, itmade sense for the farmer and the merchant to get together <strong>in</strong> April toagree upon a price <strong>in</strong> July for gra<strong>in</strong>. This was how the futures andforwards market developed <strong>in</strong> gra<strong>in</strong> hundreds of years ago; and then porkbellies, cotton, coffee, petroleum, soya bean, sugar, currencies, <strong>in</strong>terest rates... and even garbage. The Chicago Board of Trade started trad<strong>in</strong>g threek<strong>in</strong>ds of garbage — plastics, glasses and paper <strong>in</strong> October 1995.PARTICIPANTS IN DERIVATIVES MARKETSThree k<strong>in</strong>ds of people participate <strong>in</strong> derivatives markets: the hedgers, thespeculators and the arbitrageurs.Hedgers are risk-averse. Like the farmer and the merchant <strong>in</strong> the aboveexample, they want the future sales price of the merchandise to be known<strong>in</strong> advance and the transaction be consummated at this known sales price.In do<strong>in</strong>g so, they may give up some upside potential. In the example, if theprice of gra<strong>in</strong> rose substantially <strong>in</strong> July, the farmer would not benefit fromit because he had already sold the merchandise at a price determ<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong>April. Hedgers do not care much about the future potential. All they wantis to reduce their price risk. However, now that both the merchant and thefarmer had hedged their risks, this does not mean that they had noth<strong>in</strong>g toworry about. The farmer still worried that the price of gra<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong> July wouldfall drastically and the merchant would not fulfil his promise to buy the gra<strong>in</strong>at the agreed upon price. Or the merchant simply did not have the moneyto pay for the gra<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong> July. This is what we call credit risk. Hedgers canhedge away their price risk, but they cannot elim<strong>in</strong>ate credit risk.Contrary to hedgers who want to avoid uncerta<strong>in</strong>ty <strong>in</strong> price movements,speculators want to take advantage of price movements. For example, if aspeculator th<strong>in</strong>ks that the stock market <strong>in</strong> Hong Kong will go up <strong>in</strong> the nextseveral months, he can buy a three-month Hang Seng Index (HS1) futurescontract at the current <strong>in</strong>dex level of 14,500. If the stock market <strong>in</strong>Some Fundamentals of <strong>Derivatives</strong>


Hong Kong does go up and the HSI rises to 15,000, the speculator can sellthe three-month futures contract at 15,000 and take a 500 po<strong>in</strong>t profit. Butwe know that the chance for the market to go up or down is 50/50 if themarket follows a random walk. In other words, the speculator has a 50percent chance of los<strong>in</strong>g and a 50 percent chance of w<strong>in</strong>n<strong>in</strong>g. The speculatormay lose a substantial amount of money if his prediction of market does notmaterialise.The third k<strong>in</strong>d of participants are arbitrageurs. Arbitrageurs look foropportunities to lock <strong>in</strong> a riskless profit <strong>by</strong> simultaneously buy<strong>in</strong>g and sell<strong>in</strong>gthe same (or similar) f<strong>in</strong>ancial product <strong>in</strong> different markets. The fundamentalbeh<strong>in</strong>d arbitrage is that f<strong>in</strong>ancial markets are not perfect. From time totime, price differential of the same product between different markets <strong>in</strong>different parts of the world at the same time does exist, especiallycomb<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the currency element. For us, arbitrage strategy will not work,because the transaction cost will probably wipe out the profit even if wedo f<strong>in</strong>d an arbitrage chance. Big <strong>in</strong>vestment houses <strong>in</strong>cur very little transactioncost. They are the major players <strong>in</strong> this market. But remember Bar<strong>in</strong>gs, itsmanagement put the company to the ground us<strong>in</strong>g a supposedly risklessarbitrage strategy.When bank regulators conduct exam<strong>in</strong>ations, it is sensible for them to f<strong>in</strong>dout what the <strong>in</strong>stitution's strategic goal <strong>in</strong> derivatives bus<strong>in</strong>ess is. Is it a hedger,speculator or arbitrageur? Regulators can also review the <strong>in</strong>stitution's revenuereport to identify the sources of treasury revenues. If 80 percent of an<strong>in</strong>stitution's treasury revenues are from position-tak<strong>in</strong>g activity, exam<strong>in</strong>ers usuallywould watch that <strong>in</strong>stitution's treasury operation a bit closer. The reason isthat position-takers <strong>in</strong> treasury <strong>in</strong>struments, both cash and derivatives, arespeculators. In other words, they are gamblers. As we have just discussed,when you take an out-right position <strong>in</strong> any f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>strument, there is a50 percent chance that the price of that <strong>in</strong>strument will go up and a 50percent chance it will go down. As soon as you have taken an out-rightposition, you have no control over what the price will be <strong>in</strong> the next m<strong>in</strong>ute.Some Fundamentals of <strong>Derivatives</strong>


Should we criticise banks for engag<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> position-tak<strong>in</strong>g bus<strong>in</strong>ess? Notreally. All bus<strong>in</strong>esses <strong>in</strong>volve some degree of risk tak<strong>in</strong>g and speculation.Bank<strong>in</strong>g bus<strong>in</strong>ess is no exception. But it all depends on how much a bankspeculates. Most banks conduct derivatives bus<strong>in</strong>ess because they have toserve their clients who either take or hedge their bus<strong>in</strong>ess risks. They cometo banks for solution. In the process of serv<strong>in</strong>g these clients, it is<strong>in</strong>evitable for banks to take some out-right positions. Also, banks' trad<strong>in</strong>gactivities can facilitate liquidity which would reduce transaction cost for allmarket participants. In addition, banks take positions because they have toget the "market feel" to better serve their clients. Moreover, from time totime, banks have their own views on <strong>in</strong>terest rate or exchange ratemovements. It is perfectly all right for them to take out-right positions <strong>in</strong>those circumstances. When banks engage <strong>in</strong> position-tak<strong>in</strong>g activities, theyhave to consider a number of th<strong>in</strong>gs, such as the capital level of the<strong>in</strong>stitution, bus<strong>in</strong>ess strategies, trad<strong>in</strong>g expertise, management's understand<strong>in</strong>gof the markets, systems and controls, back-office supports, etc.Some Fundamentals of <strong>Derivatives</strong>


3OF ATHEPRICING OF A FORWARD CONTRACTWe are now go<strong>in</strong>g to look at the spot and forward price relationship. Thereare at least two ways to purchase an asset at a future date. One way isto purchase the asset now and store it until the target future date. Theother way is to enter <strong>in</strong>to a forward contract that calls for the purchaseof the asset on that target future date. In theory, these two methods shouldlead to the same result If the results are different, someone (the arbitrageurs)can make a risk-free profit <strong>by</strong> sell<strong>in</strong>g the asset <strong>in</strong> one market and buy<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>another simultaneously. This arbitrage activity will cont<strong>in</strong>ue until the spotand forward prices go back to their respective theoretical levels.For example, you plan to host a Christmas party one year from now for allyour colleagues and you need 100 turkeys. To have all the turkeys you need,you can either:STRATEGY ABuy 100 turkeys and pay the market price of turkey (assum<strong>in</strong>g it to be $100each) <strong>in</strong> cash today for $10,000 and put them <strong>in</strong> the refrigerator and storethem for one year (assum<strong>in</strong>g there is no storage cost).STRATEGY BEnter <strong>in</strong>to a one-year forward contract today to buy 100 turkeys at a total priceof SF and <strong>in</strong>vest some money to make the total pr<strong>in</strong>cipal and <strong>in</strong>terest justenough to pay for the forward contract one year from now. Now the questionis: how much should SF be <strong>in</strong> order to prevent any arbitrage activity?' Port of this chapter was written <strong>by</strong> Mr Chau KO-/O/C and Mr Cedric Wong.Pric<strong>in</strong>g of a Forward Contract and the Yield Curve


In Strategy A, you pay $10,000 to obta<strong>in</strong> SOO turkeys today. Your $10,000are gone and you cannot use them aga<strong>in</strong> to do anyth<strong>in</strong>g. But <strong>in</strong> StrategyB, you do not pay the $ 10,000 for the turkeys today. You pay one year later.All you have to do now is enter <strong>in</strong>to a forward contract. So what are yougo<strong>in</strong>g to do <strong>with</strong> the $ 10,000? The most logical way is to <strong>in</strong>vest them <strong>in</strong>some risk-free assets, such as US Treasury Bills.Assum<strong>in</strong>g that the current risk-free rate of return is 5 percent, compound<strong>in</strong>gannually.SF= $10,000 x (I + 5%)= $10,500And $10,500 is the forward price which is what you should pay for the 100turkeys one year from today.What happens if the forward price is now quoted at $1 1,000? An arbitrageurcan sell the forward contract to you at $11,000, borrow $10,000 from abank at a rate of 5 percent (assum<strong>in</strong>g he can obta<strong>in</strong> this risk-free borrow<strong>in</strong>grate), buy 100 turkeys and store them for one year (aga<strong>in</strong> assum<strong>in</strong>g thereis no storage cost). After one year, the arbitrageur can make a risk-freeprofit of $500 <strong>by</strong> repay<strong>in</strong>g the bank $10,500, deliver 100 turkeys to you andget your $ I 1,000. And if the arbitrageurs keep sell<strong>in</strong>g these one-year turkeyforwards, the forward price will eventually decl<strong>in</strong>e to say, $10,900. At$10,900, the arbitrageurs can still make a risk-free profit of $400 and theywill cont<strong>in</strong>ue to sell these forward contracts. This process cont<strong>in</strong>ues untilthe forward price reaches its theoretical level of $10,500.This is the simplest way to expla<strong>in</strong> the price relationship between spot andforward. Pric<strong>in</strong>g forwards actually is more complicated because storage isusually not free. For arbitrageurs, risk-free borrow<strong>in</strong>g rates are usuallyunatta<strong>in</strong>able.Pric<strong>in</strong>g of a Forward Contract and the Yield Curve


COST OF CARRYIn the above example, it is shown that an "equilibrium" will be reached sothat the forward price of an asset can be determ<strong>in</strong>ed. In that example, itis assumed that no cost will be <strong>in</strong>curred for stor<strong>in</strong>g the turkeys for one year.Now the question is: what should the three-month forward price be if itcosts $1.00 to store each turkey for one year?We can use the strategy above and change the forward period from oneyear to three months. We borrow $10,000 today from the bank at an<strong>in</strong>terest rate of 5% per annum to buy 100 turkeys. For a three-monthperiod we have to pay 5/4 = 1.25% <strong>in</strong>terest. Therefore we have to pay$ 10,000 x (I +0.0125)=$ 10,125 back to the bank. At the same time, we haveto pay the warehouse $100 x 1/4 = $25 for the storage cost That meansit would cost us $ 10,150 <strong>in</strong> total. In order to prevent arbitrage opportunities,the forward price would come down until it converges to the price given<strong>by</strong> this strategy, which is $10,150/100 = $101.50 per turkey.If the forward price at two years is required, then the amount paid backto the bank has to be calculated <strong>with</strong> compound <strong>in</strong>terest, that is$10,000 x (I+0.05) 2 = $1 1,025. Add<strong>in</strong>g a storage cost of $1 x 100 x 2 =$200, the forward price is thus $(l 1,025+200)/100 = $1 12.25.The above illustrates the relationship between the forward price and thespot price (the price of the asset today), and it can be summarised <strong>in</strong> termsof what is known as the cost of carry. This measures the storage costs plusthe <strong>in</strong>terest that is paid to f<strong>in</strong>ance the asset less the <strong>in</strong>come earned on theasset. Storage costs may <strong>in</strong>clude transportation costs and other costs thatare <strong>in</strong>curred dur<strong>in</strong>g the period (t). Usually the storage costs and <strong>in</strong>comeare expressed <strong>in</strong> terms of amount per asset (as <strong>in</strong> the def<strong>in</strong>ition of the riskfree <strong>in</strong>terest rate r). For a commodity <strong>with</strong> a storage cost u that ismeasured as a percentage of the price, the cost of carry is r + u. For adividend pay<strong>in</strong>g stock, it is r - q where q is the dividend. The forward priceF is then related to the spot price S <strong>by</strong>F = S(l + r + u - q?Pric<strong>in</strong>g of a Forward Contract and the Yield Curve


THE YIELD CURVEIn the above sections, you have seen the pric<strong>in</strong>g of simple forward contractsrelat<strong>in</strong>g to physical assets. The same pr<strong>in</strong>ciple can be applied to the pric<strong>in</strong>gof equity related forwards. However, the pric<strong>in</strong>g of <strong>in</strong>terest rate andforeign exchange related contracts is slightly more complicated. Before wemove on to <strong>in</strong>terest rate related derivatives, it is important to understandsome basics about the markets. The most important concept is the yieldcurve. Many people work<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>vestment banks are paid "telephonenumber-like"salaries just for guess<strong>in</strong>g and play<strong>in</strong>g <strong>with</strong> the "shapes" of theyield curves and putt<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> trades <strong>in</strong> order to benefit from the movementsof these curves, so you would appreciate the importance of this.For a simple def<strong>in</strong>ition of a yield curve, though it is arguable, most peoplewould use one of the follow<strong>in</strong>g: it is a plot of I) yield of governmentsecurities or 2) annual compounded <strong>in</strong>terest rate (zero coupon yield, or theyield of a zero coupon bond) aga<strong>in</strong>st time. For most currencies, you willsee <strong>in</strong>terest rates for maturities of five years or more. An example is given<strong>in</strong> the graph below.An example yield curve8.5% T4 5 6Time (years)10This graph is sometimes referred to as the "Term Structure of Interest Rates".In many markets, zero coupon rates of less than one year <strong>in</strong> maturity arequoted <strong>by</strong> different banks and brokers. However, rates for longer thanone.y ear maturity are not quoted. They are usually obta<strong>in</strong>ed from theprices of other traded <strong>in</strong>struments, for example <strong>in</strong>terest rate futures andPric<strong>in</strong>g of a Forward Contract and the Yield Curve


<strong>in</strong>terest rate swap rates. From these prices, the equivalent zero couponbond yields of the different maturities are calculated. This process is knownas "stripp<strong>in</strong>g" the yield curve.How could we know what the level of the rates should be <strong>in</strong> a few yearstime? We need to have some reference <strong>in</strong>terest rates to start <strong>with</strong>. In mostbig countries, the government would issue some debt <strong>in</strong>struments to borrowmoney from the public. These <strong>in</strong>struments have fixed coupons and have awide range of maturities. As expected, the US government is the biggestissuer of debt <strong>in</strong>struments, and the Treasury bills and bonds have maturitesrang<strong>in</strong>g from one week to thirty years. Other governments usually issue<strong>in</strong>struments of shorter maturities. The Hong Kong Monetary Authority(HKMA) has recently issued some bonds <strong>with</strong> maturity <strong>in</strong> ten years, whichgive <strong>in</strong>dication of the <strong>in</strong>terest rates up to ten years. From these bond yields,the market would establish the rates of the different traded <strong>in</strong>struments,usually at a "spread" above the bond yields.THEORIES OF TERM STRUCTURE OF INTEREST RATESMost of you would have come across time deposit accounts. The big banksusually offer fixed term deposits from one week up to one year and offerdifferent <strong>in</strong>terest rates for different fixed periods. After deregulation, these<strong>in</strong>terest rates are affected <strong>by</strong> the market rates, so this is very close to theactual yield curve. (In reality, the deposit rates offered <strong>by</strong> banks are slightlyhigher than the Hong Kong dollar yield curve. This reflects the credit riskof the banks.) It is common knowledge that <strong>in</strong> most circumstances thelonger the fixed period, the higher the <strong>in</strong>terest rate. In fact, historically,yield curves are mostly upward slop<strong>in</strong>g, which means that long-term <strong>in</strong>terestrates are higher than short-term <strong>in</strong>terest rates. People have been try<strong>in</strong>g toexpla<strong>in</strong> this phenomenon and come up <strong>with</strong> three popular theories:Unbiased Expectations TheoryThis theory proposes that the forward rate represents the averageop<strong>in</strong>ion of the expected future spot rate (or short-term <strong>in</strong>terest rate)for the period <strong>in</strong> question. For example, if today's one-year <strong>in</strong>terestPric<strong>in</strong>g of a Forward Contract and the Yield Curve


ate is 6% and it is expected that this one-year <strong>in</strong>terest rate will rise to8% <strong>in</strong> one year's time, then this situation would be reflected <strong>in</strong> today'stwo-year rate. There should be no difference between a) we <strong>in</strong>vest themoney for a fixed one-year period and re-<strong>in</strong>vest this amount <strong>with</strong> <strong>in</strong>terestfor another year; and b) <strong>in</strong>vest the money for a fixed two-year period.Given the <strong>in</strong>terest rates above, the two-year rate today could becalculated <strong>by</strong>:(I + r) x (I + r) = (I + 0.06) x (I + 0.08)which gives r = 6.995%. In other words, this theory suggests that, iftoday's two-year rate is 6.995%, it implies that the marketplace (thatis, the general op<strong>in</strong>ion of the <strong>in</strong>vestors) believes that the one-year ratewould rise to 8% <strong>in</strong> one year's time.Market Segmentation TheoryUnder the theory, different <strong>in</strong>vestors and borrowers are supposed tobe restricted <strong>by</strong> law, preference, or custom to certa<strong>in</strong> maturities andthey do not switch maturities. There need be no relationship betweenshort-, medium-, and long-term <strong>in</strong>terest rates. The short-term <strong>in</strong>terestrate is determ<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>by</strong> supply and demand <strong>in</strong> the short-term bondmarket, the medium-term <strong>in</strong>terest rate is determ<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>by</strong> supply anddemand <strong>in</strong> the medium-term bond market, and so on. However, thistheory is not as popular as the other two theories as it does notdirectly expla<strong>in</strong> why yield curves are upward slop<strong>in</strong>g more often thendownward slop<strong>in</strong>g.Liquidity Preference TheoryIn some ways this is the most appeal<strong>in</strong>g theory. It argues that forwardrates should always be higher than expected future short-term <strong>in</strong>terestrates. The basic assumption is that, as an <strong>in</strong>vestor, you would probablylike to put money <strong>in</strong> a short-term fixed period account (if the <strong>in</strong>terestrate offered is the same as that of a longer-term fixed account) becauseit would not tie up the money for too long <strong>in</strong> case you need it.Pric<strong>in</strong>g of a Forward Contract and the Yield Curve


Borrowers, on the other hand, usually prefer to borrow at fixed ratesfor longer periods of time. For example, if the bank offers a relativelylow mortgage rate today, you would probably want to arrange a fixedrate mortgage for say the next 10 years so that you would be certa<strong>in</strong>that you get a good offer for a long period of time. In the absence ofany <strong>in</strong>centive to do otherwise, this is how people would behave, i.e.<strong>in</strong>vestors would deposit their money for short time periods, andborrowers would choose to borrow for longer periods. Banks wouldthen f<strong>in</strong>d themselves f<strong>in</strong>anc<strong>in</strong>g substantial amounts of longer-term fixedrate loans <strong>with</strong> short-term deposits. This would <strong>in</strong>volve a high degreeof <strong>in</strong>terest rate risk. In practice, <strong>in</strong> order to match depositors <strong>with</strong>borrowers and avoid the risk, banks raise long-term <strong>in</strong>terest rates relativeto expected future short-term <strong>in</strong>terest rates. This reduces the demandfor long-term fixed rate borrow<strong>in</strong>g and encourages <strong>in</strong>vestors to deposittheir money for long terms.This theory leads to a situation that long rates are higher than theexpected future short-term rates. It is consistent <strong>with</strong> the empiricalresult that yield curves tend to be upward slop<strong>in</strong>g more often than theyare downward slop<strong>in</strong>g.These three theories or the comb<strong>in</strong>ation thereof provide the fundamentalframework expla<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the term structure of <strong>in</strong>terest rates.Pric<strong>in</strong>g of a Forward Contract and the Yield Curve


4INTEREST RATE FUTURES AND FORWARD RATE AGREEMENTSIn the last chapter we have looked at some theories about the yield curve.In this chapter, we will look at some applications. The simplest k<strong>in</strong>ds of<strong>in</strong>terest rate derivatives are futures and forward rate agreements (FRAs).These two types of contracts are essentially identical; one major differenceis that a futures contract is an exchange-traded contract and has fixed termsfor the notional amount, length of contract, expiry date etc. whereas an FRAis an over-the-counter (OTC) contract which is a b<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g agreement betweentwo parties. Another difference is that, as <strong>with</strong> other exchange-tradedproducts, a m<strong>in</strong>imum marg<strong>in</strong> payment is required for the futures contract,whereas the actual payment for the FRA would only be settled at the expirydate. Other than these differences, the two types of <strong>in</strong>struments are priced<strong>in</strong> the same way.For <strong>in</strong>stance, today is 24/1/97 and assume that we have the follow<strong>in</strong>g termstructure of <strong>in</strong>terest rate: 6-month rate of 5%, 9-month rate of 5.5%. Whatis the 3-month forward rate <strong>in</strong> 6-months' time, us<strong>in</strong>g today's market rate?.5%-5.5%-today 6 month 9 month' This chapter was written <strong>by</strong> Mr Chau KO-/O/CForwards and Futures


Aga<strong>in</strong> we use our method of hav<strong>in</strong>g two strategies which should arrive at thesame result (i.e. a no-arbitrage method). If we assume the forward rate tobe r, start<strong>in</strong>g <strong>with</strong> $1 today, at the end of 9 months we would either get(I + 5.5% x 9 /n) [A straightforward 9-month fixed rate deposit]or(I + 5%x 6 /i 2 )x(l + r%x 3 /n)[6-month fixed rate deposit, rollover for another 3 months]giv<strong>in</strong>g r = 6.34%. This is the <strong>in</strong>terest rate for the period between 24/7/97and 24/10/97 as of today, and is equivalent to a quoted futures price of(100 - 6.34) = 93.66.If today's date becomes 24/4/97. At this day, the 3-month rate has become6%, whereas the 6-month rate is 6.5%. The forward rate for the periodbetween 24/7/97 and 24/10/97 is then calculated <strong>by</strong>:(I + 6.5% x 6 /i2)(I + r% x 3 / l2 ) = - - '(I + 6% x 3 /i 2 )which gives r = 6.90% (or a futures price of 93.10).What is the implication on the profit-and-loss of the trade? If this is markedto market, it implies that there is a 56 basis po<strong>in</strong>t loss (93.66 - 93.10) if theposition <strong>in</strong> the futures contract is to be closed out immediately. If this isa US dollar futures contract and the notional amount is US$ 1 ,000,000, theloss converts to $1,000,000 x 0.0056 x 3 /i2= $1,400.The above examples give an illustration of a method of calculat<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>terestrate forwards. Alternatively, we can express the calculation <strong>in</strong> a more generalway. Recall<strong>in</strong>g the def<strong>in</strong>ition of the discount<strong>in</strong>g factor (DF, the amount todaywhich represents a future value of $1 us<strong>in</strong>g today's <strong>in</strong>terest rate), we see that<strong>in</strong> the first example the discount<strong>in</strong>g factors for 6-month and 9-month are= 0.9756, ., DF9-mth - = --- = 0.9604(!+5%x 6 /i2) (l+5.5%x 9 /. 2 )Forwards and Futures


The equation to calculate the forward rate between 24/7/97 and 24/10/97 is then(I + 5.5% x 9 /i2)In other words, if we have to calculate the forward rate between time a andb (where a is before b and a, fa are expressed <strong>in</strong> years), the formula to use isReal market situations are seldom as simple as that. The first complicationis when the discount<strong>in</strong>g factor of more than one year is required, acompound<strong>in</strong>g formula has to be used <strong>in</strong>stead of calculat<strong>in</strong>g it as a simple<strong>in</strong>terest. Other than that the same pr<strong>in</strong>ciple could be used and the abovegeneral formula could still apply. Secondly, when mark<strong>in</strong>g-to-market, therates for the start and end dates are seldom given directly. In the aboveexample, we assume that 3-month periods are exactly 0.25 year. To bemore accurate, the time period should be calculated based on the dayconvention of the market. If the day convention is actual/365, the timeperiod should be calculated <strong>by</strong> the difference <strong>in</strong> the number of days betweenthe start and the end divided <strong>by</strong> 365. Assume that today is 10/3/97 and theforward rate between 24/7/97 and 24/10/97 is required. In the market, onlyrates for I, 3, 6, 9, 12 months are quoted. To calculate the discount<strong>in</strong>gfactors at 24/7/97 (which is 136 days from today) and 24/10/97 (which is228 days from today), some k<strong>in</strong>d of <strong>in</strong>terpolation is required. Us<strong>in</strong>g thefigures <strong>in</strong> the above example (3-month rate is 6%, 6-month rate 6.5%), andassum<strong>in</strong>g the 9-month rate is 6.8%, we work out the 136-day rate (n) and228-day rate (ri) us<strong>in</strong>g a simple l<strong>in</strong>ear <strong>in</strong>terpolation,n-6% ^(24/7/97- 10/6/97) n-6.5% _ (24/10/97- 10/9/97)6.5% - 6% (10/9/97 - 10/6/97) ' 6.8% - 6.5% (10/12/97 - 10/9/97)giv<strong>in</strong>g n=6.239%, n=6.645%. Different banks use different methods <strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>terpolat<strong>in</strong>g for the rates between fixed dates and the answer could beslightly different (e.g. <strong>in</strong>terpolate on the product of rate times maturity<strong>in</strong>stead of on the rate, or fitt<strong>in</strong>g a curve to all the fixed po<strong>in</strong>ts on the curve).There is no absolutely "correct" way to get to the right answer. Us<strong>in</strong>g theseForwards and Futures


ates, the forward rate for the period 24/7/97 to 24/10/97 can be calculatedas follows:The discount<strong>in</strong>g factors are:DF/ = - = 0 9773, DF2 = — = 0.9601(I + 6.239% x I36 /365) (I + 6.645% x 228 /3 6 s)The forward rate is calculated us<strong>in</strong>gL(228-365JDF 2which gives r = 7.1 I %.MOVEMENTS OF THE YIELD CURVEBefore we move on to other types of derivatives, there is one f<strong>in</strong>al conceptto be <strong>in</strong>troduced here. We often hear from the news that "central banksare cutt<strong>in</strong>g the <strong>in</strong>terest rates". Have you ever wondered what exactly thismeans? It does not imply that the central bank has cut the <strong>in</strong>terest ratesacross all maturities <strong>by</strong> the same marg<strong>in</strong>. If so, the curve would always move<strong>in</strong> a parallel fashion. In reality only one reference rate (usually an overnightrate) is changed. The effect on the rates <strong>with</strong> long maturities is usuallydifferent from that of the short maturities. There are three important waysthat the yield curve can move:1) Parallel shift - the whole curve moves up or down <strong>by</strong> the same marg<strong>in</strong>.2) Change of slope - the curve moves <strong>in</strong> opposite direction around a pivotpo<strong>in</strong>t. (The curve "steepens" or "flattens".)3) Change of convexity - rates of different maturities move <strong>by</strong> differentmagnitudes. (The curve "twists".)Forwards and Futures


Rate(1) (2)RateRate(3)TimeTimeTimeIn the first part of this chapter, it is shown that the price of an <strong>in</strong>terest rateforward can be obta<strong>in</strong>ed us<strong>in</strong>g today's market data. That is what the rateis expected to be given today's <strong>in</strong>formation. However, for some morecomplicated derivatives, we need to know what the yield curve wouldpossibly look like <strong>in</strong> the future. For example, we are asked to price anoption today of the 3-month forward given <strong>in</strong> the above example. In thatcase, although we know that the expected forward rate given <strong>by</strong> today'sdata is 6.34%, it is also very likely that the yield curve will move <strong>in</strong> the next6 months. In order to price the option we need to know how this curvewill move. This is considerably more difficult than the pric<strong>in</strong>g of derivativeson other assets, because here we have to model the movement of thewhole curve, whereas for other asset classes only the spot variable (e.g. theexchange rate or the stock price) needs to be modelled.People have carried out research as to how these yield curves move overtime <strong>in</strong> practice. Empirical results us<strong>in</strong>g US data show that a comb<strong>in</strong>ationof parallel shift and change of slope can expla<strong>in</strong> over 90% of the movementsof the curves. This is an important piece of <strong>in</strong>formation because <strong>by</strong> know<strong>in</strong>gthat two k<strong>in</strong>ds of movements can account for most of the changes <strong>in</strong> theyield curves, we can simplify the modell<strong>in</strong>g process and approximate themovements <strong>by</strong> summaris<strong>in</strong>g these us<strong>in</strong>g one or two "factors", which makesthe life of the "rocket scientist" 2 much easier.2 A nickname for those people who used to study Astrophysics and similar subjects and then apply thisknowledge to design exotic f<strong>in</strong>ancial derivative products.Forwards and Futures


5In this chapter, we will discuss what a swap is, its related concepts, and themechanism of <strong>in</strong>terest rate swaps, cross currency swaps and other types of swaps.WHAT is A SWAP?When we talk about swaps, we usually talk about <strong>in</strong>terest rate swaps andcross currency swaps. These are so called generic or basic swaps. Ingeneral, a generic swap is a contract <strong>in</strong> which two parties agree to exchangeperiodic payments <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> an agreed time period. Other generic swaps<strong>in</strong>clude contracts which <strong>in</strong>volve exchang<strong>in</strong>g baskets of securities orcommodities. There are also non-generic swaps. They usually conta<strong>in</strong>variations of generic swaps and other derivative <strong>in</strong>struments.WHY FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS SWAP?The concept of a swap is quite simple. It is no more complicated thanswapp<strong>in</strong>g th<strong>in</strong>gs between two parties. If I have commodity A that I do notneed, you have commodity B that you do not need, and we both need theother's commodity, the best solution is to exchange (swap) these twocommodities at a reasonable pre-determ<strong>in</strong>ed price. Please see example below:ABC Bank's asset/liability structure is liability sensitive (this is a bankers'jargon which means that the liabilities are re-priced faster than theassets) because the duration (it means the term-to-maturity here) of itsdeposits is shorter than the duration of its loans. This creates a mismatchbetween its assets and liabilities. In order to balance this mismatch, ABCBank can do two th<strong>in</strong>gs: (I) extend its liability duration <strong>by</strong> offer<strong>in</strong>g onlylonger-term deposits or shorten its asset duration <strong>by</strong> mak<strong>in</strong>g only shortertermloans or float<strong>in</strong>g rate loans; and/or (2) utilise risk management tools(derivatives) to modify its asset/liability structure.Swaps


It is not practical to actually change a bank's asset or liability duration b><strong>in</strong>tentionally lend<strong>in</strong>g short or borrow<strong>in</strong>g long. This may prove to be morecostly. The practical way to extend its liability duration or shorten itsasset duration is to utilise risk management tools, such as swaps toaccomplish this task. We will discuss this arrangement <strong>in</strong> detail later.XYZ Life Insurance Company's asset/liability structure is asset sensitive.It collects <strong>in</strong>surance premiums from policy holders each month for manyyears and pays them out when the policy expires (usually <strong>in</strong> tens ofyears) or when the <strong>in</strong>sured is dead. This also creates a mismatch betweenassets and liabilities. Its situation is just the opposite of ABC Bank.Therefore, XYZ Life Insurance Company and ABC Bank can come toan agreement to swap someth<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> order to balance their asset/liabilitystructures.THE HISTORY OF SWAPSThe idea of f<strong>in</strong>ancial swap was created <strong>in</strong> the UK as a means of circumvent<strong>in</strong>gforeign-exchange controls <strong>in</strong> the 1970s, which were <strong>in</strong>tended to prevent anoutflow of British capital. At that time, the British Government imposedtaxes on foreign-exchange transactions <strong>in</strong>volv<strong>in</strong>g the British pounds to makeoutflow of capital more expensive <strong>in</strong> order to <strong>in</strong>duce domestic <strong>in</strong>vestment.Dur<strong>in</strong>g that period, companies frequently used back-to-back loans to avoidsuch taxes. The mechanism of back-to-back loans is: they <strong>in</strong>volved twocompanies domiciled <strong>in</strong> two different countries. One company agreed toborrow funds <strong>in</strong> its own country and then lend those borrowed funds tothe other company. The second company, <strong>in</strong> return, borrowed funds <strong>in</strong> itsown country and then lent them to the first company. By do<strong>in</strong>g so, bothcompanies were able to access the foreign capital market <strong>with</strong>out formalexchanges of currencies and thus avoided pay<strong>in</strong>g any foreign exchange taxesThis simple arrangement later developed <strong>in</strong>to more sophisticated crosscurrency swaps and <strong>in</strong>terest rate swaps <strong>with</strong> banks and <strong>in</strong>vestment housesas middle men to bridge counterparties who needed these arrangements(This may be a good example to prove to the free-market advocates, whcSwaps


often compla<strong>in</strong> that there is too much regulation, that regulation couldsometimes lead to the best for the market.) The first currency swap waswritten <strong>in</strong> London <strong>in</strong> 1979 between the World Bank and IBM, and was puttogether <strong>by</strong> Salomon Brothers. It allowed the World Bank to obta<strong>in</strong> SwissFrancs and Deutschemarks to f<strong>in</strong>ance its operations <strong>in</strong> Switzerland andWest Germany <strong>with</strong>out enter<strong>in</strong>g these two countries' capital markets directly.COMPARATIVE ADVANTAGEBefore we get <strong>in</strong>to the mechanism of <strong>in</strong>terest rate swaps, two moreconcepts need to be established. Companies can exchange someth<strong>in</strong>g ofwhich they have a comparative advantage over their counterparties. Forexample, XYZ Insurance Company and ABC Bank both want to borrow$100 million for five years. XYZ wants to borrow float<strong>in</strong>g rate funds andABC wants to borrow fixed rate funds. XYZ can borrow fixed rate fundsat 6 percent and float<strong>in</strong>g rate funds at LIBOR plus 0.5 percent <strong>in</strong> its owncountry. ABC can borrow fixed rate funds at 7.5 percent and float<strong>in</strong>g ratefunds at LIBOR plus 1.0 percent <strong>in</strong> its own country. XYZ has an absoluteadvantage over ABC <strong>in</strong> both fixed and float<strong>in</strong>g rate markets (probably becauseXYZ is more credit-worthy and banks are prepared to lend to it at a lowerrate or because the markets are imperfect).But the important th<strong>in</strong>g is:ABC has a comparative advantage over XYZ <strong>in</strong> float<strong>in</strong>g rate markets. Thisis because the difference between the two fixed rates is 1.5 percent and thedifference between the two float<strong>in</strong>g rates is 0.5 percent. In other words,ABC pays 1.5 percent more than XYZ <strong>in</strong> fixed rate markets but only pays0.5 percent more than XYZ <strong>in</strong> float<strong>in</strong>g rate markets. When we say ABC hasa comparative advantage over XYZ <strong>in</strong> float<strong>in</strong>g rate markets, it does notmean that ABC pays less than XYZ <strong>in</strong> float<strong>in</strong>g rate markets. What it meansis that ABC pays less more than XYZ <strong>in</strong> float<strong>in</strong>g rate markets. On the otherhand, XYZ has a comparative advantage over ABC <strong>in</strong> fixed rate marketsbecause it pays more less than ABC <strong>in</strong> fixed rate markets. What makes aswap work <strong>in</strong> this situation is that XYZ wants to borrow float<strong>in</strong>g but it hasa comparative advantage over ABC <strong>in</strong> fixed rate markets; and ABC wants toborrow fixed but it has a comparative advantage over XYZ <strong>in</strong> float<strong>in</strong>g ratemarkets.Swaps


SWAP DEALERSThe second concept we need to understand is the concept of the middleman- the swap dealer. In the real world, we do not call everybody <strong>in</strong> thef<strong>in</strong>ancial market tell<strong>in</strong>g them that we have a comparative advantage overthem and ask them to make a swap deal. F<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g the right counterpartiesis usually through swap dealers (or brokers). They make the f<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g of theright counterparties a much easier job and substantially enhance the marketliquidity. These middlemen will charge market participants a fee - usually <strong>in</strong>the form of bid/ask spread. This concept is also important because <strong>with</strong>outswap dealers, the swap market will not develop that fast.INTEREST RATE SWAPSInterest rate swaps <strong>in</strong>volve a counterparty pay<strong>in</strong>g a float<strong>in</strong>g rate based onan agreed-upon <strong>in</strong>dex and the other counterparty pay<strong>in</strong>g a fixed rate for theentire term of the contract. In the earlier example, ABC Bank and XYZLife Insurance Company could swap what they need and what they do notneed <strong>in</strong> order to achieve their asset/liability management goals. We wouldignore the transaction cost and the middleman and assume ABC and XYZnegotiate this contract directly. XYZ agrees to pay ABC LIBOR flat andABC agrees to pay XYZ 6.0 percent fixed on $ 100 million for five years.Does this swap benefit both parties? If yes, <strong>by</strong> how much?All the relations of this transaction can be seen easily <strong>in</strong> the follow<strong>in</strong>gdiagram:6.0% LIBOR LIBOR+1.0%Outside lender -< 1 XYZ I « > I ABC I > Outside lender6.0%From the above diagram, we can see that XYZ has three cash flows:1. It pays 6.0 percent to its outside lender,2. It pays LIBOR flat to ABC, and3. It receives 6.0 percent from ABC.Swaps


ABC also has three cash flows:1. It pays LIBOR plus 1.0 percent to its outside lender,2. It pays 6.0 percent fixed to XYZ, and3. It receives LIBOR flat from XYZ.For XYZ Life Insurance Company, its net fund<strong>in</strong>g cost <strong>in</strong> this transactionis LIBOR flat, which is lower than LIBOR plus 0.5 percent at which it canborrow <strong>in</strong> its own country. It also has achieved its objective <strong>by</strong> modify<strong>in</strong>gits asset/liability structure us<strong>in</strong>g derivatives. In this case, XYZ has shortenedits liability duration <strong>by</strong> enter<strong>in</strong>g the swap. Instead of pay<strong>in</strong>g 6.0 percentfixed, XYZ now pays LIBOR flat.For ABC Bank, its net fund<strong>in</strong>g cost <strong>in</strong> this transaction is 7.0 percent, whichis also lower than the rate of 7.5 percent at which it can borrow <strong>in</strong> its owncountry. It also has achieved its objective <strong>by</strong> modify<strong>in</strong>g its asset/liabilitystructure us<strong>in</strong>g derivatives. In this case, ABC has extended its liabilityduration <strong>by</strong> enter<strong>in</strong>g the swap. Instead of pay<strong>in</strong>g LIBOR plus 1.0 percent,ABC now pays 7.0 percent fixed for 5 years. (You may assume that ABC hasa $100 million fixed rate five year loan portfolio and a $100 million 7-daydeposit portfolio. By enter<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to this swap, its <strong>in</strong>terest rate risk or asset/liability maturity mismatch has largely reduced.)Co<strong>in</strong>cidental!^ both ABC and XYZ reduce their fund<strong>in</strong>g cost <strong>by</strong> 0.5 percentCROSS CURRENCY SWAPSThe ma<strong>in</strong> difference between <strong>in</strong>terest rate swaps and cross currency swapsis that cross currency swaps usually <strong>in</strong>volve exchange and re-exchange ofpr<strong>in</strong>cipals whereas <strong>in</strong>terest rate swaps do not. A typical cross currencyswap has three sets of cash flows: the <strong>in</strong>itial exchange of pr<strong>in</strong>cipals at thebeg<strong>in</strong>n<strong>in</strong>g, the exchange of <strong>in</strong>terest payments dur<strong>in</strong>g the contract period,and the re-exchange of pr<strong>in</strong>cipals at the end. The follow<strong>in</strong>g diagrams illustratethe three sets of cash flows of a cross currency swap:Swaps


iAt <strong>in</strong>ceptionCounterparty A¥ 10 billionUS$100 millionCounterparty BOn each settlement date(<strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g maturity)Counterparty AUS$ (5) LIBOR^Counterparty BAtmaturityCounterparty Aof¥ 10 billioni ictf- 1 r\f•N:ii:•wCounterparty BThere are also cross currency swaps which do not <strong>in</strong>volve exchange ofpr<strong>in</strong>cipals.VALUATION OF SWAPSAs an example, please consider an <strong>in</strong>terest rate swap <strong>with</strong> the follow<strong>in</strong>gconditions:the notional amount is US$100 million;the term of the contract is five years;ABC pays XYZ 6 percent fixed and receives 6-month LIBOR;XYZ pays ABC 6-month LIBOR and receives 6 percent fixed; and<strong>in</strong>terest payments are settled semi-annually.We can make the above example a bit closer to our traditional bank<strong>in</strong>gbus<strong>in</strong>ess. If we assume exchange and re-exchange pr<strong>in</strong>cipals do exist (similarto cross currency swaps), the above example is the same as the follow<strong>in</strong>g:ABC lends to XYZ US$100 million at 6-month LIBOR for five years; andXYZ lends to ABC US$100 million at a fixed rate of 6 percent for fiveyears.You can even consider that ABC has purchased a $100 million float<strong>in</strong>g ratebond from XYZ and sold to XYZ a $100 million fixed rate bond for thesame terms.Swaps


Assum<strong>in</strong>g that there is no transaction cost, at the <strong>in</strong>ception of a swap transaction,the market value of both sides of the transaction is zero. The reason isobvious - <strong>in</strong> a liquid and generally efficient market, nobody can take advantageof its counterparty or else the counterparty will transact the deal <strong>with</strong> someoneelse. Swap pric<strong>in</strong>g is the process of sett<strong>in</strong>g the fixed rate so that the presentvalue of cash flows of the swap is <strong>in</strong>itially zero. Credit spread will then addto one side of the swap to reflect the credit quality of the counterparty.Dur<strong>in</strong>g the life of the swap, if the yield curve (<strong>in</strong> particular, this impliedforward rates) rema<strong>in</strong>s unchanged, the market values for both sides arealways zero. However, say, after one year, the current market fixed rate fora new four year <strong>in</strong>terest rate swap is 7 percent. The swap would have anegative mark-to-market (M-T-M) value to XYZ and a positive M-T-Mvalue to ABC. This is because XYZ has a contract <strong>with</strong> ABC to receive fixedrate of 6 percent and pay LIBOR for four more years while everyone else<strong>in</strong> the market can enter <strong>in</strong>to a swap contract to receive fixed rate at 7percent and pay LIBOR for four years. But unless XYZ defaults, its contract<strong>with</strong> ABC rema<strong>in</strong>s legally b<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g for four more years.Us<strong>in</strong>g the present value cash flow concept, we can calculate the loss for XYZ:8 $3,500,000 8 $3,000,000Z £ = $3,436,978t=l (1+0.035)' t=l (1+0.035)*(There are 8 settlements rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the contract. $3,500,000 and$3,000,000 are the semi-annual fixed <strong>in</strong>terest payments at 7 percent and 6percent respectively.)If you have an HP I2C f<strong>in</strong>ancial calculator, you can do the follow<strong>in</strong>g tocalculate the M-T- M loss for XYZ <strong>in</strong> the above transaction:$100 million : FV8 :N3 :PMT3.5 : iPV = -96,563,022Loss = $100,000,000 - $96,563,022 = $3,436,978Swaps


The loss for XYZ is the ga<strong>in</strong> for ABC. You can easily see that ABC is ata position just opposite to XYZ. It has the benefit of pay<strong>in</strong>g 6 percent fixedfor four more years while the market rate for a similar transaction is 7percent.In the above example, a simple approach is used to demonstrate the M-T-Mcalculation. Sophisticated market participants would create a new zerocoupon curve to discount the cash flows at each settlement po<strong>in</strong>t.Nevertheless, the concept of present value cash flow is still the same.CREDIT RISK OF SWAPSThe pr<strong>in</strong>ciples that govern the management of credit risk of swaps are thesame as other traditional bank<strong>in</strong>g bus<strong>in</strong>ess. Nevertheless, the measurementof the exposure of a swap is more complicated.The credit risk of a swap is the swap's current exposure, which is thereplacement cost or the current M-T-M value, if positive, plus its futurereplacement cost. This is the so-called "current exposure method". Thecurrent exposure method is not just an appropriate method for measur<strong>in</strong>gcredit risk of swaps. It is recommended <strong>by</strong> the Basle Committee and theG-30 for measur<strong>in</strong>g credit risk of all derivatives.The current exposure is straightforward. It is just the current M-T-M valueof a swap position if positive. If the M-T-M value is negative, the holder ofthe position does not have current credit exposure. This is because creditdefault occurs when a counterparty does not fulfill its f<strong>in</strong>ancial obligation. Itwill not default if it has a f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>strument <strong>with</strong> a positive market value.Conservative market participants usually assign a zero value for an <strong>in</strong>strumentwhose M-T-M value is negative unless there is a bilateral nett<strong>in</strong>g agreement.The measurement of the future replacement cost or the "potential exposure"of a swap or a derivative <strong>in</strong>strument is quite complicated. It usually needsSwaps


simulation techniques and mathematical models to derive a mean<strong>in</strong>gfulmeasurement result. The analysis generally <strong>in</strong>volves modell<strong>in</strong>g the volatilityof the underly<strong>in</strong>g variables and the effect of movements of these variableson the value of the derivatives. For <strong>in</strong>terest rate swaps, the variable is<strong>in</strong>terest rates.Because it does not <strong>in</strong>volve exchange and re-exchange of pr<strong>in</strong>cipals, the riskprofile of a typical <strong>in</strong>terest rate swap is shown <strong>in</strong> the diagram 1below:Risk10-9-8-7-654Hump-backMaximum ExposureTime(The scale on the left is the percentage of notional amount at risk.)The expected exposure is the mean of all possible probability-weightedreplacement costs. The maximum potential exposure is an estimate of the"worst case" exposure at any po<strong>in</strong>t <strong>in</strong> time.The so-called "hump-back" profile is due to two offsett<strong>in</strong>g effects: diffusioneffect and amortisation effect The diffusion effect says that due to thepassage of time, there is an <strong>in</strong>crease of probability that the value of theunderly<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>strument will drift substantially away from its orig<strong>in</strong>al value.' This diagram is adapted from "<strong>Derivatives</strong>: Practices and Pr<strong>in</strong>ciples" <strong>by</strong> the Group of Thirty.Swaps


The amortisation effect is the reduction <strong>in</strong> the number of settlements as timeelapses.For an <strong>in</strong>terest rate swap, its peak exposure for default is when sufficienttime has passed, the counterparty f<strong>in</strong>ds itself at an adverse position, andthere is sufficient time rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g for this adverse position to cont<strong>in</strong>ue. Thisusually happens at about the <strong>in</strong>termediate po<strong>in</strong>t dur<strong>in</strong>g the life of a contract.Because there is no f<strong>in</strong>al exchange of pr<strong>in</strong>cipals, the risk exposure dropsgradually to zero at maturity after it reaches the maximum.For cross currency swaps, the risk profile is different because the re-exchangeof pr<strong>in</strong>cipals at the end <strong>in</strong>creases the diffusion effect and reduces theamortisation effect:Maximum ExposureExpected ExposureTimeHow do you aggregate the maximum exposure of these two swaps? It is<strong>in</strong>correct to simply add the two notional amounts together or add the twomaximum exposure amounts together and say that is the maximum exposure.Why? It is easy to see it if you stagger the two above diagrams together.The maximum exposure of the <strong>in</strong>terest rate swap happens at about themid-po<strong>in</strong>t of the transaction while the maximum exposure of the currencyswap is still <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g. The maximum exposure for the currency swap is atthe end of the transaction. At that time, the exposure for the <strong>in</strong>terest rateswap has reduced to zero. For a portfolio of two swaps, you can stillmanage to aggregate the risk manually. If there is a portfolio of hundredsor thousands of swaps, it is necessary to use simulation technique toaggregate counterparty credit risk.Swaps


The calculation of credit risk process has not f<strong>in</strong>ished yet. So far, we haveonly measured the potential current and future exposures if a counterpartydefaults. But what is the probability that this counterparty will default? Theprobability of default is generally viewed to be a function of credit rat<strong>in</strong>gsand of the maturity of the transaction. The lower the credit rat<strong>in</strong>g and thelonger the maturity, the higher the probability of default. The maturityfactor is straightforward and does not need any explanation. Credit analysisfor swaps, however, is more a qualitative analysis than quantitative analysis,and is an art rather than a science. Aga<strong>in</strong>, it is no different from creditanalysis for regular loans or for any other bank<strong>in</strong>g products.After a reasonable probability of default factor is derived, the simplest wayto estimate credit loss for a swap is to multiply the expected or maximumexposure <strong>by</strong> the specified probability of default factor. Others use moresophisticated simulation analyses.Swaps


6OFIn the previous chapter, we <strong>in</strong>troduced two simple k<strong>in</strong>ds of generic swaps:<strong>in</strong>terest rate and currency swaps. These are usually known as "pla<strong>in</strong> vanilla"deals because the structures of these swaps are simple and more or less similar,except for the contract details. These constitute a large part of derivativestrad<strong>in</strong>g. However, a swap <strong>in</strong> its most general form is a security that <strong>in</strong>volvesthe exchange of cash flows accord<strong>in</strong>g to a formula that depends on the valueof one or more underly<strong>in</strong>g variables. There is therefore no limit to the numberof different types of swaps that can be <strong>in</strong>vented. In this chapter, we would giveyou a taste of some "real life" swap structures which you may come across <strong>in</strong>the future as these become more and more common.SOME DIFFERENT KINDS OF INTEREST RATE SWAPSIn many occasions, an <strong>in</strong>stitution enters <strong>in</strong>to a swap transaction <strong>with</strong> a bank<strong>in</strong> order to hedge its <strong>in</strong>terest rate exposures. A pla<strong>in</strong> vanilla swap <strong>in</strong>volvesthe exchange between payments based on a float<strong>in</strong>g rate and a fixed rate.However, depend<strong>in</strong>g on the nature of the exposures, an <strong>in</strong>stitution mayenter <strong>in</strong>to a basis swap <strong>with</strong> a bank, for which the payments are based ontwo float<strong>in</strong>g rate references. For example, bank A has a mortgage portfoliowhich receives float<strong>in</strong>g rate payments based on the prime rate, and theportfolio is funded <strong>with</strong> 3-month deposits, the deposit rate be<strong>in</strong>g based onHIBOR. Assume that bank A expects the spread between HIBOR and primewill narrow quite substantially <strong>in</strong> the future (at present it is, say, 3,5%). Inorder to lock <strong>in</strong> this marg<strong>in</strong>, bank A may enter <strong>in</strong>to a swap transaction <strong>with</strong>bank B, for whichprime rateHIBOR+3.2%' This chapter was written <strong>by</strong> Mr Chau Ka-hk.DifferentTypes of Swaps


The payments are exchanged every three months, for a term of 5 years. Bythis deal, even if the spread between HIBOR and prime narrows <strong>in</strong> thefuture, bank A is certa<strong>in</strong> to ga<strong>in</strong> 3.2% for each payment received providedthat no counterparty defaults.Why should bank A only receive 3.2% <strong>in</strong>stead of 3.5% on top of HIBOR foreach payment? In order to price any swap, the important pr<strong>in</strong>ciple is thatat the <strong>in</strong>ception of the deal, it should be fair to both parties, otherwise noone would enter <strong>in</strong>to the contract <strong>with</strong> you. If the future spread betweenprime and HIBOR is forecast to be reduced, then a fixed marg<strong>in</strong> has to becalculated today based on the present <strong>in</strong>formation so that the net presentvalues of all cash flows would be zero at <strong>in</strong>ception.Basis swaps could <strong>in</strong>volve many different k<strong>in</strong>ds of reference rates for thefloat<strong>in</strong>g payments, the commonly used references are 3-month LIBOR, 6-month LIBOR, prime rate etc. Another special k<strong>in</strong>d of swap which is worthmention<strong>in</strong>g is the Constant Maturity Swap (CMS) or Constant MaturityTreasury swap (CMT swap). These swaps, which are very common <strong>in</strong> theUS, typically use a swap rate or T-bill rate as one of the float<strong>in</strong>g references(for example, a swap which exchanges between 5-year swap rate and 6-month LIBOR). Pric<strong>in</strong>g these swaps (i.e. to calculate the fixed marg<strong>in</strong>required) is difficult and advanced techniques are required.In the cases mentioned above, the notional pr<strong>in</strong>cipal rema<strong>in</strong>s constantthroughout the life of the swap. However, sometimes the bank may wantto use a simple swap to hedge the exposure of a loan <strong>with</strong> an amortisationschedule. This leads to another important type of swaps known asamortis<strong>in</strong>g swaps. The pr<strong>in</strong>cipal reduces accord<strong>in</strong>g to a fixed scheduledecided at <strong>in</strong>ception. An example of this is:fixed @ 6%6-month LIBORPayments are made every 6 months, for a total period of 4 years. Thereference pr<strong>in</strong>cipal amounts are:Year I $10 million Year 3 $ 5 millionYear 2 $ 8 million Year 4 $ 3 millionB3 Different Types of Swaps


The pric<strong>in</strong>g of this swap (i.e. to calculate the required fixed rate us<strong>in</strong>gtoday's market rates) is not difficult. Effectively this is equivalent to a seriesof swaps added together. The first one is a 4-year swap <strong>with</strong> notionalpr<strong>in</strong>cipal of $10 million. The second one is a 3-year swap start<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> oneyear's time (i.e. a forward start<strong>in</strong>g swap, another common variation of thepla<strong>in</strong> vanilla type), <strong>with</strong> a notional pr<strong>in</strong>cipal of $2 million <strong>in</strong> the oppositedirection. The third one is a 2-year swap start<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> two years' time <strong>with</strong>a notional pr<strong>in</strong>cipal of $3 million <strong>in</strong> the opposite direction. The last one isa one-year swap start<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> three years' time, <strong>with</strong> a notional pr<strong>in</strong>cipal of $2million <strong>in</strong> the opposite direction.A closely related type is the <strong>in</strong>dex amortis<strong>in</strong>g swap (IAS). Instead ofhav<strong>in</strong>g a fixed amortis<strong>in</strong>g schedule as <strong>in</strong> the above example, the scheduledepends on an on-go<strong>in</strong>g reference rate (or <strong>in</strong>dex), and the manner <strong>in</strong> whichthis rate changes <strong>in</strong> the course of time. For example, the schedule can be:end of Year I If 6-month LIBOR > 7%, pr<strong>in</strong>cipal is reduced <strong>by</strong> 10%end of Year 2 If 6-month LIBOR > 7.5%, pr<strong>in</strong>cipal is reduced <strong>by</strong> 10%end of Year 3 If 6-month LIBOR > 8%, pr<strong>in</strong>cipal is reduced <strong>by</strong> 20%The pr<strong>in</strong>cipal amount at each payment date depends on how the 6-monthLIBOR has moved. Assume an <strong>in</strong>itial pr<strong>in</strong>cipal of $10 million, the amountat each payment date for the follow<strong>in</strong>g two scenarios will be:a) LIBOR at end of:Year I: 6%, Year 2: 8%, Year 3: 8.5%.Pr<strong>in</strong>cipal amount at:Years I and 2: $10 million, Year 3: $9 million, Year 4: $7.2 million.b) LIBOR at end of:Year I: 7.5%, Year 2: 8%, Year 3: 7.5%.Pr<strong>in</strong>cipal amount at:Year I: $10 million, Year 2: $9 million, Years 3 and 4: $8.1 million.Contrary to simple amortis<strong>in</strong>g swaps, the pric<strong>in</strong>g of IAS is difficult becausea full model of the yield curve has to be used to forecast the behaviour ofDifferent Types of Swaps


the reference rate. When this type of swap was <strong>in</strong>troduced <strong>in</strong> the lateeighties, huge marg<strong>in</strong>s were charged. Subsequently the marg<strong>in</strong>s becametighter as more and more people traded these <strong>in</strong>struments. However, somepeople began to realise that the orig<strong>in</strong>al pric<strong>in</strong>g method was <strong>in</strong>correct. Eventoday we can see many banks use a wrong model <strong>in</strong> pric<strong>in</strong>g these swaps.Another variation of the swap family is the differential swap (also commonlyknown as diff swap or quanto swap). This product was first developed <strong>in</strong>the early n<strong>in</strong>eties <strong>in</strong> order to suit the needs of customers who had strongviews on the spread between <strong>in</strong>terest rates <strong>in</strong> different countries.For example, the treasurer of company A, a US based company, gets today'smarket data for US and Japan's yield curves. He th<strong>in</strong>ks that due to thestrong growth <strong>in</strong> the US economy relative to Japan's, the US <strong>in</strong>terest ratesare likely to rise faster than what the market suggests now, i.e. the spreadbetween US <strong>in</strong>terest rates and Japan <strong>in</strong>terest rates would widen even furtherthan today's prediction. A simple strategy is for company A to enter <strong>in</strong>toa cross currency swap <strong>with</strong> Bank B:¥ @ 6~mth LIBORUS$ @ 6-rnth LIBORWith the exchange of pr<strong>in</strong>cipals at the start and end dates, this constitutesa typical cross currency swap (refer to Chapter 5). However, the problem<strong>with</strong> this k<strong>in</strong>d of swap is that the amount paid <strong>in</strong> Yen is subject to foreignexchange risk. It is quite likely that even if Japanese rates <strong>in</strong>crease onlyslightly, Yen could suddenly become much stronger, and the benefit fromthe <strong>in</strong>crease <strong>in</strong> US LIBOR would be offset <strong>by</strong> the appreciation of Yen whichmakes the payments more valuable from a US company's po<strong>in</strong>t of view.Ever so eager to capture new markets, the "rocket scientists" <strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>vestmentbanks came up <strong>with</strong> an unnatural product. Instead of pay<strong>in</strong>g Japanese LIBOR<strong>in</strong> Yen, both payments would be made <strong>in</strong> US dollars, i.e.DifferentTypes of Swaps


US$ @ 6-mth Japanese LIBOR + marg<strong>in</strong>"* US$ @ 6-mth LIBORS<strong>in</strong>ce all the payments would now be made <strong>in</strong> US dollars, company Awould not be exposed to foreign exchange risk anymore, and the productfully captures its view. In a sense, the Japanese LIBOR only acts as a k<strong>in</strong>dof reference rate. Aga<strong>in</strong>, the difficulty for this k<strong>in</strong>d of swap is to calculatethe fair value of the fixed marg<strong>in</strong> at the <strong>in</strong>ception of the swap. Fat marg<strong>in</strong>swere charged <strong>by</strong> <strong>in</strong>vestment banks <strong>in</strong>itially, <strong>with</strong> the marg<strong>in</strong>s com<strong>in</strong>g downgradually <strong>in</strong> recent years.TAILOR-HADE STRUCTURESSo far we have only <strong>in</strong>troduced swaps where coupons are exchanged basedon some reference rates. Features of the other big family of derivatives,options, could be added to pla<strong>in</strong> swaps to create some new type of products.The simplest one is the option on a swap, or swaption. A typical deal is:<strong>in</strong> one year's time, the buyer has the right to enter <strong>in</strong>to a pla<strong>in</strong> vanilla 3-yearswap, where he pays fixed at 6% and receives float<strong>in</strong>g LIBOR every sixmonths. There is a very active over-the-counter (OTC) market <strong>in</strong> trad<strong>in</strong>gthese <strong>in</strong>struments, <strong>with</strong> different maturities of the option (one year <strong>in</strong> theabove example) and different maturities of the underly<strong>in</strong>g swaps (3-year above).As <strong>with</strong> other types of options, a premium has to be paid upfront to purchasethe right. This is different from typical swap structures for which nocounterparty has to pay any upfront fees because the deal should be fair toboth parties at <strong>in</strong>ception.Another common type of OTC swaps <strong>with</strong> option features is the extendibleand puttable swaps. These <strong>in</strong>struments allow one counterparty the rightto extend or cancel the swap at the end of a specified period. For example,an extendible swap can be:fixed @ 5.5%* 6-mth LIBOR<strong>in</strong> the first 2 years. After 2 years, company A has the right to extend theswap for a further year. If it does not exercise the right, the swap term<strong>in</strong>atesat year 2.Different Types of Swaps B0|


Effectively this is just a 2-year swap plus a 2-year option on a I -year swap.For this k<strong>in</strong>d of deal, the premium is usually <strong>in</strong>cluded <strong>in</strong> the fixed rate. Inthe example above, the market 2-year swap rate is probably lower than5.5% (say 5.2%). Company A pays 0.3% above the market rate for the fourpayments <strong>in</strong> the first 2 years to compensate for the option premium.F<strong>in</strong>ally, a swap deal can have a high degree of leverage. Here we use anexample similar to the diff swap example above. Germany's and France's<strong>in</strong>terest rates are usually closely l<strong>in</strong>ked together, and the spread betweenthe rates are quite constant. However, if customer A th<strong>in</strong>ks that the spreadwould widen <strong>with</strong> France's rates higher than that of Germany's, a swap dealwhich could capture this view is:fixed @ 10%(France 6-mth LIBOR - Germany 6-mth LIBOR) x 20This is a highly leveraged deal because the payments are very sensitive toeven small movements <strong>in</strong> the two yield curves. For example, if at the firstsettlement date, France LIBOR is 4% and Germany LIBOR is 3.5%, thenthe payments are equal ((4 - 3.5) x 20 = 10%). However, if at the nextsettlement date the LIBORs are 4.2% and 3.3% respectively, company Awould receive (4.2 - 3.3) x 20 = 18% while pay<strong>in</strong>g 10%, and a net 8% isearned. For a big notional amount (say $20 million) this already representsa profit of $0.8 million (for six months). However, one could as well loseas much. You may th<strong>in</strong>k that these deals are just like gambl<strong>in</strong>g, but it is notuncommon to f<strong>in</strong>d trades like these.Armed <strong>with</strong> the different types of swaps and options features <strong>in</strong>troducedabove, a bank can tailor-make almost anyth<strong>in</strong>g accord<strong>in</strong>g to the customers'needs. In many structured deals, more than two counterparties are<strong>in</strong>volved, which means that two or more simultaneous swaps are entered.Usually the more exotic the <strong>in</strong>strument becomes, the higher the risk itbears. One of Proctor & Gamble's deals <strong>with</strong> Bankers Trust, which endedup <strong>in</strong> a lawsuit, is of the highly leveraged k<strong>in</strong>d. This probably gives the word"derivatives" a bad name.Different Types of Swaps


?DURATIONWhat is duration? Duration is a measure of the average life of a security.More specifically, it is the weighted average term-to-maturity of the security'scash flows. Mathematically, it is:_Duration =ti x PVCFi + ti x PVCFi + ta x PVCF 3 + .... + tn x PVCFtk x PVTCFwherePVCFt = the present value of the cash flow <strong>in</strong> period t discounted at the yield-to-maturityPVTCF = the total present value of the cash flow of the security determ<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>by</strong> theyield-to-maturity, or simply the price of the securityk = number of payments per yearThe follow<strong>in</strong>g is an example of duration 1 :Coupon rate = 8.00%Term= 5 years (semi-annual <strong>in</strong>terest payment)Yield-to-maturity = 8.00%Price =100Period (t)Cash flowPVCFt x PVCFt1 $4.02 4.03 4.04 4.05 4.06 4.07 4.08 4.09 4.010 104.0TotalMacaulay's duration = 843.53317(2x100)3.84623.69823.55603.41923.28773.16133.03972.92282.810370.2586100.0000= 4.21773.84627.396410.668013.676916.438518.967521.277723.3821 i25.293 1702.5867843.533 1' This example is adapted from "Price Volatility Characteristics of fixed Income Securities" <strong>by</strong> Frank J Fabozzi, MarkPitts and Ravi £ Dottotreyo.Duration and Convexity


This measure of duration is referred to as Macaulay's duration, which isnamed after <strong>Frederic</strong>k Macaulay, who first computed it <strong>in</strong> 1 938 <strong>in</strong> his article,"Some Theoretical Problems Suggested <strong>by</strong> the Movement of Interest Rates,Bond Yields, and Stock <strong>in</strong> the US s<strong>in</strong>ce 1856".Duration is a s<strong>in</strong>gle number that is measured <strong>in</strong> units of time, e.g. monthsor years. For securities that make only one payment at maturity, such aszero coupon bonds, duration equals term-to-maturity.USE OF DURATIONDuration is a very useful measure. First, it converts a very complex cashflow structure <strong>in</strong>to a s<strong>in</strong>gle number that represents the rate sensitivity ofthe f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>strument. Second, it can be used <strong>in</strong> a formula to calculatethe change <strong>in</strong> the security's market value that occurs as a result of a change<strong>in</strong> market rate. Third, it can also be used to measure the overall ratesensitivity of a portfolio of <strong>in</strong>struments or the entire asset liability structure.The relationship between Macaulay's duration and security price volatility is:Percentage _ |change <strong>in</strong> price = - x Macaulay's duration x yield change x 100 (I)(I + yield/k)For easy calculation, academics and market practitioners usually comb<strong>in</strong>ethe first two expressions on the right-hand side <strong>in</strong>to one term and call it"modified duration":M ,.* , , . Macaulay's duration , xModified duration = — / . - (2)(I + yield/k)v 'The relationship can then be expressed as follows:Percentage change <strong>in</strong> price = - modified duration x yield change x 100 (3)To illustrate this relationship, consider a change <strong>in</strong> yield (change <strong>in</strong> marketrate) from 8.00 percent to 9.00 percent for the bond described earlier:Modified duration = -~~~ 4.0555 (4)Change <strong>in</strong> price = -4.0555 x (+0.01) x 100 = -4.0555 percent (5)Duration and Convexity


In other words, when the <strong>in</strong>terest rate <strong>in</strong>creases from 8.00 percent to 9.00percent, the bond orig<strong>in</strong>ally sold for 100, is now priced at 95.9445, adecrease of 4.0555 percent.Equation (3) is quite accurate for small changes <strong>in</strong> yields, but is only anapproximation for large changes <strong>in</strong> yields. This will be discussed later <strong>in</strong> thischapter.From the above example and the previous illustration, we can see howduration applies to bond pric<strong>in</strong>g analysis. (We constra<strong>in</strong> our discussion tooption-free securities.)First, we see from the illustration that we have converted a 5-year bond<strong>with</strong> 10 cash flows <strong>in</strong>to a s<strong>in</strong>gle number - a modified duration of 4.0555.What does it mean? It means that if the <strong>in</strong>terest rate <strong>in</strong>creases <strong>by</strong>, say onepercent, the price of the security decreases <strong>by</strong> 4.0555 percent; or if the<strong>in</strong>terest rate decreases <strong>by</strong> one percent, the price of the security <strong>in</strong>creases<strong>by</strong> 4.0555 percent. Therefore, this modified duration of 4.0555 representsthe <strong>in</strong>terest rate sensitivity of this 5-year bond.Second, as we can see <strong>in</strong> equations (3) and (5), the percentage change <strong>in</strong>bond price due to a change <strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>terest rate can be easily calculated.Third, <strong>by</strong> us<strong>in</strong>g the duration concept, we can perform some forms of asset/liability management. We can match the durations between assets andliabilities portfolios to create a "duration-matched portfolio". Or we canconstruct an "immunised portfolio" that provides assured returns over atarget hold<strong>in</strong>g period.In addition, because modified duration is the percentage change <strong>in</strong> the priceof a security given a change <strong>in</strong> yields, and a change <strong>in</strong> yields is a measureof the change <strong>in</strong> the bond market, modified duration actually plays a similarrole of measur<strong>in</strong>g market risk for bonds that beta plays for stocks.Although the duration concept is simple and easy to apply <strong>in</strong> bond pric<strong>in</strong>gDuration and Convexity


analysis, it also has its shortcom<strong>in</strong>gs. As we mentioned earlier, duration isquite accurate <strong>in</strong> calculat<strong>in</strong>g changes <strong>in</strong> price for small changes <strong>in</strong> yields. Forlarge changes <strong>in</strong> yields, duration only provides an approximation, and wehave to rely on the concept of convexity for more accurate estimations.CONVEXITYThe true relationship between a change <strong>in</strong> price and a change <strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>terestrate for option-free securities is not l<strong>in</strong>ear. The follow<strong>in</strong>g graph demonstratesthis relationship:Error not measured <strong>by</strong> durationPriceActual priceA'Error not measured<strong>by</strong> durationB' Tangent l<strong>in</strong>erepresent<strong>in</strong>g durationYi ¥2 Y Y3 Y 4YieldThe actual price of the security is the curve AA', and the straight l<strong>in</strong>e BB'which is tangent to the AA' curve represents the duration of the security.Therefore, as the graph shows, the straight l<strong>in</strong>e approximation createserrors that grow <strong>with</strong> the magnitude of the <strong>in</strong>terest rate changes. For smallchanges <strong>in</strong> yield, e.g. from Y to Ys or Ys, duration does a good job <strong>in</strong>estimat<strong>in</strong>g the actual price. But for larger changes, e.g. from Y to Yi or Y«,duration becomes less accurate and the errors become larger. Convexityis what we use to correct this problem.Duration and Convexity


Mathematically, modified duration is the first derivative of bond price whileconvexity is the second derivative. Convexity measures the rate of changeof duration:C XJt = t[ X ( ll + ' ) X PVCF ' + t2 X (t2 + I ) X PVCF2 + ....... + tn X (tn + i ) X PVCFt0nV6XI y( I + yield/k) 2 x (k 2 x PVTCF) * 'The convexity of the security <strong>in</strong> our previous illustration is 20.1886 (follow<strong>in</strong>gthe calculation format illustrated on page 41.)The price change that is due to the curvature is shown <strong>in</strong> the follow<strong>in</strong>gformula:Percentage change <strong>in</strong> price due to convexity =1/2 x convexity x (yield change) 2 x 100 (7)Now we can put th<strong>in</strong>gs together. For a 100 basis po<strong>in</strong>t change <strong>in</strong> yield from8.00 percent to 7.00 percent, the true theoretical price, tak<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>toconsideration both duration and convexity, is:Percentage change <strong>in</strong> price due to duration = -4.0555 x (-0.01) x 100 = 4.0555%Percentage change <strong>in</strong> price due to convexity = 1/2 x 20.1886 x (-0.0 1) (-0.0 1) x 100= 0.1009%Total percentage change <strong>in</strong> price = 4.0555% + 0.1009%= 4.1564%As you can see, when the <strong>in</strong>terest rate decreases, the convexity actuallyaccelerates the price appreciation. Further, the change <strong>in</strong> price due toconvexity is largely determ<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>by</strong> the change <strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>terest rate. If the yieldchange is small, the square of yield change is negligible. If the yield changeis large, this term can be significant and thus affects the outcome of equation(7).Similarly, the true theoretical price change if the <strong>in</strong>terest rate <strong>in</strong>creases from8.00 percent to 9.00 percent can be calculated as follows:Duration and Convexity


Percentage change <strong>in</strong> price due to duration = -4.0555 x (+0.01) x 100= -4.0555%Percentage change <strong>in</strong> price due to convexity = l/2x20.I886x(+O.OI)(+O.OI)x 100= 0.1009%Total percentage change <strong>in</strong> price = -4.0555% + 0.1009%= -3.9546%When rate <strong>in</strong>creases, the convexity actually decelerates the pricedepreciation. As shown on the graph on page 44, the tangent l<strong>in</strong>e liesbelow the theoretical price l<strong>in</strong>e.underestimates the true security price.This implies that duration alwaysAll we are do<strong>in</strong>g here is to figure out what the true theoretical prices are.In reality, observed market prices may be different from the theoreticalprices because of bid-ask spread, demand and supply, market liquidity,market sentiment, etc. Asset pric<strong>in</strong>g is more an art than an exact scienceand all mathematical models are just tools to facilitate the pric<strong>in</strong>g analysis.I had once tried to confirm the market value of a multi-billion dollar, illiquidand below-<strong>in</strong>vestment-grade bond (or junk bond) portfolio <strong>in</strong> order todeterm<strong>in</strong>e the viability of the <strong>in</strong>stitution who held these bonds. A worldfamousjunk bond consultant group was called <strong>in</strong> to do the evaluation. Afterdays of hard work, the consultants delivered their f<strong>in</strong>al analysis. The marketvalues of most of these bonds given <strong>by</strong> the consultants ranged between 55and 85 percent of par. The consultants said that if everyth<strong>in</strong>g (<strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g theeconomy, market sentiment of the company, market sentiment of junkbonds, <strong>in</strong>terest rates, management's ability, etc.) went well, the price couldbe 85, and if everyth<strong>in</strong>g did not go well, the price could be 55. In otherwords, the user of the analysis had to make a lot of subjective assumptions<strong>in</strong> order to come to a def<strong>in</strong>itive conclusion.tDuration and convexity are very useful <strong>in</strong> bond pric<strong>in</strong>g analysis. They arealso useful tools <strong>in</strong> trad<strong>in</strong>g and derivatives activities. Traders often usesometh<strong>in</strong>g called price value basis po<strong>in</strong>t (PVBP) to measure the sensitivityof risk of their positions. PVBP uses the duration concept to measure theDuration and Convexity


change <strong>in</strong> price of a security if rates move one basis po<strong>in</strong>t. This is a veryuseful tool for traders to measure their position sensitivity. However, theshortcom<strong>in</strong>g of this measure (and all other duration measures) is that itassumes a parallel shift of the yield curve which usually does not happen <strong>in</strong>the real world. Therefore, PVBP is more useful for traders who trade shortterm<strong>in</strong>struments.Dr Sam Sr<strong>in</strong>ivasulu of Michigan University has drawn an excellent analogyregard<strong>in</strong>g duration, convexity, delta and gamma. He said, "duration (ordelta) is the speed, and convexity (or gamma) is the acceleration." It isamaz<strong>in</strong>g to see how those bright people connect science and f<strong>in</strong>ance together.So we should not be surprised to see that more and more rocket scientistsare now <strong>in</strong>vad<strong>in</strong>g our f<strong>in</strong>ance territories.Duration and Convexity


8OFOptions are generally perceived <strong>by</strong> many of us as quite complicated anddifficult to understand. Justifiably so when we hear options traders talk<strong>in</strong>gabout delta, gamma, vega, and other Greeks. However, every complicatedth<strong>in</strong>g is built on someth<strong>in</strong>g simple and options are not different. Complexoptions transactions are built on some simple forms of options. If youunderstand the fundamentals, <strong>with</strong> a little extra effort, you will understandmany complex forms of options.A SIMPLEFORM OF OPTIONFor example, I want to buy a house. I go shopp<strong>in</strong>g around to look for mydream home. Suppose I f<strong>in</strong>d one which satisfies all my requirements. However,I consider the ask<strong>in</strong>g price of $10 million a little bit too high. But the sellerrefuses to lower the price. What shall I do? I can do one of the follow<strong>in</strong>g:(1)1 can stop shopp<strong>in</strong>g around and settle for this house which I considera little bit over-priced. (2) I can cont<strong>in</strong>ue to shop around until I f<strong>in</strong>d mydream house which is properly priced. However, I have to consider thepossibility that I may never f<strong>in</strong>d another house which is better than this one.And <strong>by</strong> the time 1 decide to come back to buy this house, it may not beavailable or the price may be even higher. (3) I can ask the seller to grantme an option that the seller will hold the property for me at the sameask<strong>in</strong>g price for one month. (Although this practice is not popular <strong>in</strong> HongKong, contracts of leas<strong>in</strong>g <strong>with</strong> an option to buy are not uncommon <strong>in</strong> theUS.) I then can cont<strong>in</strong>ue to shop around and hopefully f<strong>in</strong>d a better one<strong>in</strong> a month's time. The seller says, "f<strong>in</strong>e, but you have to pay me a fee formy generosity for allow<strong>in</strong>g you a month of time to commit yourself topurchase the property" This is a simple form of call option. Whilst <strong>in</strong> thisexample, a house is not a homogeneous product and I may not be able tof<strong>in</strong>d an exact replacement, most f<strong>in</strong>ancial products are homogeneous, liquidIntroduction of Options


and f<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g a replacement is not a problem.SOME COHMON TERMS OF OPTIONSF<strong>in</strong>ancial options such as stock options are quite similar to this simple formof option. Here are some f<strong>in</strong>ancial jargons of options:A call option gives the option buyer the right but not the obligation tobuy a f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>strument or a commodity at a specific price on orbefore a particular date <strong>in</strong> the future. This specific price is usually calledthe exercise price or strike price.A put option gives the option buyer the right but not the obligation tosell a f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>strument or a commodity at a specific price on orbefore a particular date <strong>in</strong> the future.When you buy an option (or any f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>struments or commodities),you are an option holder and you are said to have a long position of theoption.The seller or the writer of an option is said to have a short position ofthe option.An American option allows the option holder to exercise the option onor before the option expiration date.A European option allows the option holder to exercise the option onlyon the expiration date.An at-the-money option is an option whose exercise price is the sameas the market price.An <strong>in</strong>-the-money option is an option whose exercise price is lower thanthe market price for call options and higher than the market price forput options.An out-of-the-money option is an option whose exercise price is higherthan the market price for call options and lower than the market pricefor put options.Introduction of Options


OPTION'S PAYOFF PATTERNWhat about an option writer's right and obligation? An option writer isobliged to sell (<strong>in</strong> the case of a call option) the f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>strument or thecommodity to the option holder at a specified price on or before a particulardate if the option holder chooses to exercise the option. In return, the optionwriter receives a premium for sell<strong>in</strong>g the option. In the earlier example, theseller grants me a right to purchase the property at $10 million <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> amonth <strong>in</strong> exchange for an option fee. If the property price raises to $11million, he is still obliged to sell the property to me at $10 million. If theproperty price drops to $9 million, I will not exercise my option right topurchase the property at $10 million because I can buy it for $9 million (herewe assume that a house is a homogeneous product that I can easily f<strong>in</strong>d areplacement). I will just simply let the option run out. The option writer willsimply pocket the option fee. From here we can see one th<strong>in</strong>g: the optionwriter's profit is fixed (the option fee he received) but his f<strong>in</strong>ancial risk isunlimited. (If the property value goes up to $15 million or $20 million, hestirrRas to sell it to me at $10 million. Here we focus only on the optioncontract.) This is what we call the asymmetric payoff pattern of options.My f<strong>in</strong>ancial situation as a call option holder is just the opposite of theoption writer. My total f<strong>in</strong>ancial obligation is the amount of the option fee.My upside potential can be unlimited if the real estate market skyrockets <strong>in</strong>one month. If the market price of the subject house rises to $12 million,I can still buy it at $10 million because I am hold<strong>in</strong>g a legitimate optioncontract. My downside risk is limited - the option fee I have paid. But myupside potential is unlimited. Therefore, the payoff pattern of an optionholder is also asymmetric,OPTION'S PREMIUMHow much fee should I pay him? I do not want to pay him too much asI understand that this is not a good faith deposit; it is an option fee and Iwill not see this money aga<strong>in</strong> after I have paid him. The seller also wantsto be properly compensated because he bears a f<strong>in</strong>ancial risk <strong>by</strong> grant<strong>in</strong>g methis option.BUIntroduction of Options


The option fee (also called option premium or value of the option) isdeterm<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>by</strong> the follow<strong>in</strong>g factors:1. The difference between the market price and the exercise priceIf the option contract between me and the property seller allows me tobuy the property at several different sales prices, say, $ 10 million, $ 10.2million, $10.4 million, etc., how much should the option premium be? Itis obvious that for call (put) options, the higher the sales price, thelower (higher) the option fee I would want to pay. These different levelsof sales price <strong>in</strong> options are called exercise price or strike price. Thereis one important concept which should be addressed here: <strong>in</strong>tr<strong>in</strong>sicvalue. For a stock call option, the <strong>in</strong>tr<strong>in</strong>sic value equals the differencebetween the market price and the strike price if the market price ishigher than the strike price; it is zero otherwise. For our real estateexample, if the real estate market goes up and the market price of mydream house is now $10.8 million and I hold an option to purchase atan exercise price of $10 million, the <strong>in</strong>tr<strong>in</strong>sic value of the option is$800,000. Us<strong>in</strong>g jargons, an option is more expensive when it is more<strong>in</strong>-the-money.2. The volatility of the price levelThe premium is higher if the real estate prices <strong>in</strong> Hong Kong fluctuatea lot. For example, if the rate of volatility of real estate price is 10percent per month <strong>in</strong> Hong Kong based on some historical data, it isprobable (here we are talk<strong>in</strong>g about a 66 percent chance or one standarddeviation) that the price of my dream house may fluctuate anywherebetween $9 million and $1 I million. The option writer may suffer a $1million f<strong>in</strong>ancial loss if the price of the house does go up to $1 I million<strong>in</strong> one month (here we focus only on the option contract). If the rateof volatility of real estate price <strong>in</strong> Hong Kong is 30 percent per month,it is probable that the price of my dream house may range from $7million to $13 million. In this case, it is possible for him to lose $3million <strong>in</strong>stead of $1 million. Obviously, he will ask for a higher optionfee to compensate for the higher potential risk,Introduction of Options


Volatility is the most important factor <strong>in</strong> option pric<strong>in</strong>g. Unlike otherfactors, the actual volatility is not known (or cannot be observed) at thetime of the option transaction. In our real estate option example, the10 percent or 30 percent volatility level is based on historical data. Itis not the actual volatility, because the actual volatility is not observableat the time of the option transaction. In option language, vega is theamount of change of an option price <strong>with</strong> one-percent change <strong>in</strong> thevolatility of the underly<strong>in</strong>g.3. The option time periodThis is also obvious. The longer the option time period, the higher theoption premium (for both calls and puts). This is what we call time valueof an option. This factor is on the side of option writers. If all th<strong>in</strong>gs rema<strong>in</strong>constant, the time value of the option decreases every day and eventuallydecreases to zero at maturity. For at-the-money or out-of-the-money options,because the <strong>in</strong>tr<strong>in</strong>sic value is zero, the option becomes worthless at maturity.For <strong>in</strong>-the-money options, because there is some <strong>in</strong>tr<strong>in</strong>sic value left atmaturity, the option holders can still exercise the option to purchase theunderly<strong>in</strong>g asset at a price better than the market price. Therefore, it is stillworth someth<strong>in</strong>g. An option value changes due to changes <strong>in</strong> time toexpiration. This is called theta and is always referred to as time decay.4. The level of <strong>in</strong>terest ratesThe higher the <strong>in</strong>terest rate, the higher the call option premium. This is notso obvious and an example is needed to illustrate this po<strong>in</strong>t. If I want tobuy a property or a f<strong>in</strong>ancial asset and I am given the chance of delay<strong>in</strong>g thepayment, I will, as I consider myself a rational <strong>in</strong>vestor, put the money <strong>in</strong> abank to earn some <strong>in</strong>terest <strong>in</strong> this period. This will partially offset mypremium expense and I am will<strong>in</strong>g to pay a higher premium. Therefore, forcall (put) options, the higher the <strong>in</strong>terest rate the bank pays me on mydeposit, the higher (lower) the option premium I am will<strong>in</strong>g to pay. Rho isthe amount of change <strong>in</strong> an option value due to changes <strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>terest rates.In pric<strong>in</strong>g f<strong>in</strong>ancial options, market participants usually use the real <strong>in</strong>terestrate or the risk-free <strong>in</strong>terest rate.Introduction of Options


Three of these four factors (actually there are five elements <strong>in</strong>volved - thedifference between the market price and the exercise price <strong>in</strong>cludes twoelements) are known at the time of the option transaction: risk-free <strong>in</strong>terestrate, exercise price and the level of the asset price, and the option timeperiod. The volatility, however, has to be estimated, or based on somehistorical data. Market participants usually use implied volatility to priceoptions. (Implied volatility is the volatility level for the underly<strong>in</strong>g that theoption price implies. It is a reverse process because the option price isobservable but the volatility is not.) Assum<strong>in</strong>g that the seller and I haveagreed on all of these five factors, the option premium can be calculated <strong>by</strong>us<strong>in</strong>g an option formula, such as the Black-Scholes formula. This process isjust a matter of mathematics. We will <strong>in</strong>troduce the Black-Scholes formula<strong>in</strong> the next chapter.The follow<strong>in</strong>g table summarises the factors of option pric<strong>in</strong>g we just discussed:Premium ofCallPutHigher strike price lower higherHigher volatility higher higherLonger option time period higher higherHigher risk-free <strong>in</strong>terest rate higher lowerFor stock options, there is one more factor which affects the value of anoption - dividend. Right after a company pays its stock dividend, its shareprice usually drops <strong>by</strong> an amount reflect<strong>in</strong>g the dividend paid adjust<strong>in</strong>g forthe tax effect (stock price may go down somewhat less than the dividendamount because of the tax effect). Therefore, dividends can be <strong>in</strong>terpretedas the reduction <strong>in</strong> share prices and thus reduce the value of calls and<strong>in</strong>crease the value of puts.Introduction of Options


fANDTrad<strong>in</strong>g options becomes more popular these days. Options traders aresometimes perceived to be some of the smartest traders <strong>in</strong> deal<strong>in</strong>g roomsbecause they always deal <strong>with</strong> some complex pric<strong>in</strong>g models and talk <strong>in</strong>Greek - at least some letters of Greek.In this chapter, we will discuss two very important concepts about optionsand the famous Black-Scholes formula, and hopefully uncover some of themystique about options.THE PAYOFF PATTERN OF OPTIONSIn the previous chapter, we discussed that options have an asymmetricpayoff pattern - the buyer of an option pays a premium to obta<strong>in</strong> the rightto purchase (for a call option) or sell (for a put option) an asset at a specificprice (the exercise or the strike price) <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> a specific time period. Hiscost (the premium he has paid) is fixed; however, his potential benefit canbe unlimited. The seller of an option receives a premium to commit anobligation to allow the buyer of the option to purchase or sell an asset ata specific price <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> a specific time period. The follow<strong>in</strong>g graphs illustratethe payoff pattern of a call option at maturity:ProfitCall OptionWriterProfitPayoffDelta and Volatility


As shown <strong>in</strong> the above graph, the down-side risk for writ<strong>in</strong>g options ispotentially unlimited. Because writ<strong>in</strong>g options is a high risk operation fora bank, the management should stipulate <strong>in</strong> the policy document the optiontrad<strong>in</strong>g strategies such as whether traders are allowed to write nakedoptions, i.e. writ<strong>in</strong>g options <strong>with</strong>out hold<strong>in</strong>g the underly<strong>in</strong>g asset, or whethertraders are required to hedge (fully or partially) the positions. If writ<strong>in</strong>goptions is allowed, how the management controls this risk should be clearlywritten down <strong>in</strong> the policy statement.THE DELTA OF AN OPTIONThe payoff l<strong>in</strong>e of the above graph for the option buyer k<strong>in</strong>ks at $100 andthen slopes upward. The slope of this l<strong>in</strong>e can be anywhere from zero toone for call options (-1 to 0 for put options). How does the slope of thepayoff l<strong>in</strong>e relate to options trad<strong>in</strong>g? An important po<strong>in</strong>t to remember is:a call option (at a specific strike price) <strong>with</strong> a slope of 0.5 means that whenthe price of the underly<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>creases <strong>by</strong> $ I, the price of the option <strong>in</strong>creases<strong>by</strong> $0.5. The slope of the payoff l<strong>in</strong>e is also called the hedge ratio. Marketparticipants commonly call the hedge ratio the option's delta. IIf the option writer does not want to take the potentially unlimited down- vside risk, he can fully hedge his positions. For every at-the-money calloption written, he needs to purchase 0.5 share of the underly<strong>in</strong>g stock if thedelta is 0.5. For example, you have written 10 at-the-money options, thestock price is currently at $100 and the hedge ratio or the delta is 0.5. Youneed 5 shares of stock to fully hedge the position. This is because if thestock price <strong>in</strong>creases <strong>by</strong> $1.00, the value of the 10 options <strong>in</strong>creases <strong>by</strong> $0.5x 10 options = $5.00. The value of the 5 shares of stock also <strong>in</strong>creases <strong>by</strong>$101 x 5 - $100 x 5 = $5.00.What if the delta is 0.7?If the delta <strong>in</strong>creases from 0.5 to 0.7, you need 2 more shares of stock tofully hedge your position. This is because if the stock price <strong>in</strong>creases <strong>by</strong>$1.00, the value of the 10 options <strong>in</strong>creases <strong>by</strong> $0.7 x 10 options = $7.00.Delta and Volatility


You need to hold 7 shares of stock to offset the loss of $7.00 when theoption holder exercises the option ($101 x7-$IOOx7 = $7.00).THE BLACK-SCHOLES FORMULAHere is the famous Black-Scholes formula. /For a European call option, Co = So N(di) - Xe" rt N(di)and di = [ln(So/X) + (r> a 2 /2)T] / [aT I/2 ]dz = di - aT I/2whereCo = current option valueSo = current stock priceX = strike pricer = risk-free <strong>in</strong>terest rate (cont<strong>in</strong>uous compound<strong>in</strong>g)T = time to maturity of the option <strong>in</strong> yearso> = standard deviation (or volatility)In = natural logarithm functione = 2.71828N(d) = cumulative normal distribution functionIt took Drs Black and Scholes, and Dr Merton many years to derive thisfamous option-pric<strong>in</strong>g formula <strong>in</strong> the early 70s. Dur<strong>in</strong>g the last some twentyyears, academics and practitioners put many variations, enhancements andref<strong>in</strong>ements to the basic Black-Scholes formula and the formula becomesthe necessary tool for options traders.rIf we ignore the N(d) terms <strong>in</strong> the formula, we have Co = So - Xe" rt . Weknow So is the current stock price and X is the strike price and the termXe" rt is just the present value of X <strong>with</strong> cont<strong>in</strong>uous compound<strong>in</strong>g (the termcan be expressed as the present value of X if this makes you a little easierto understand it). This simplified formula is more straightforward than theorig<strong>in</strong>al one. It says that the value of a call option is the current stock pricem<strong>in</strong>us the present value of the strike price. Another way to understand thisis to recall the def<strong>in</strong>ition of <strong>in</strong>tr<strong>in</strong>sic value of a call option which is theDelta and Volatility


difference between the market price and the exercise price if the marketprice is higher than the strike price, or zero otherwise. Our simplifiedBlack-Scholes formula simply modifies the strike price to the present valueof the strike price <strong>by</strong> add<strong>in</strong>g the elements of time and risk-free <strong>in</strong>terest rate.We can now put the N(d) terms back to the formula <strong>with</strong>out chang<strong>in</strong>g thevalue of it. This can be achieved only if the N(d) terms are both equal toone. This makes sense if we <strong>in</strong>terpret the term N(d) as the probability ofthe option expir<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>-the-money. If we are absolutely positive that theoption will expire <strong>in</strong>-the-money, the probability, or the term N(d) will beequal to one. (Theoretically it can only be very close to one because of thetime value. As long as there is time left, anyth<strong>in</strong>g can happen to securityprices. Therefore, technically, N(d) can never be 0 or I until the optionexpires.) On the other hand, if there is absolutely no chance for the optionto be exercised, the N(d) terms will be equal to zero. In other words, theN(d) term ranges from zero to one. This also makes statistical sense. Ifyou play around <strong>with</strong> the numbers, you will f<strong>in</strong>d that the values of N(d)<strong>in</strong>crease when the stock price <strong>in</strong>creases. The full explanation of the N(d)terms needs more advanced mathematics and statistics and is out of thescope of this book.With the follow<strong>in</strong>g data, the at-the-money call option price can be calculated-Stock price (non-dividend pay<strong>in</strong>g): $100Time to maturity: 3 monthsRisk-free <strong>in</strong>terest rate for 3 months: 6 percent per annumVolatility: 10 percent - 6, /dN(d)0.16 0.56360.18 0.57140.20 0.57930.22 0.58710.24 0.59480.26 0.60260.28 0.61030.30 0.61790.32 0.62550.34 0.63310.36 0.6406Delta and VolatilityEQj


di = [ln(IOO/IOO) + (0.06 + O.P/2) x 0.25] / (0.! x 0.25 I/2 )= 0.3260 or 0.33; N(0.33) = 0.6293di = 0.3260 - O.I x 0.25 l/2= 0.2760 or 0.28; N(0.28) = 0.6103Co = 100 x 0.6293 - (100 x e-° 06x025 ) x 0.6103= 62.93 - 60.12 = $2.81If the volatility is 15 percent <strong>in</strong>stead of 10 percent, <strong>with</strong> other factorsunchanged, the value of the option will be higher at $3.96.The Black-Scholes formula is not perfect. It makes some assumptions. Forexample, it assumes that the underly<strong>in</strong>g stock does not pay dividends. Andit values American options not so accurately because of the early exercisecause. However, it is considered an easy-to-get approximation of the priceof an option.Apply<strong>in</strong>g the Black-Scholes formula is much easier than understand<strong>in</strong>g theconcepts beh<strong>in</strong>d it From the above equations, we can first solve for di andd2, and then Co. All you have to do is to plug all the necessary numbers<strong>in</strong>to the equations. With the technology nowadays, you can get the optionvalue <strong>in</strong> a second us<strong>in</strong>g the Black-Scholes formula.For data <strong>in</strong>puts, we can obta<strong>in</strong> the stock price, strike price, risk-free <strong>in</strong>terestrate, and time to maturity of the option very easily. But how do we getthe standard deviation of a stock?IMPLIED VOLATILITYThe standard deviation (or the volatility) of a stock cannot be readily observedlike the other <strong>in</strong>puts. Market practitioners usually use the historical data,scenario analysis or prices of other options to measure a stock's standarddeviation. Because there is no uniform way to derive a stock's volatility, thetrue price of the option and the option price calculated us<strong>in</strong>g the Black-Scholes formula can be different.Delta and Volatility


In practice, traders usually ask what the right volatility is <strong>in</strong> order for theoption price to be consistent <strong>with</strong> the Black-Scholes formula. This is theso-called implied volatility. It looks like a chicken-and-egg problem. But thisis what market practitioners are practis<strong>in</strong>g. Options traders usually judgewhether the actual volatility exceeds the implied volatility. If he th<strong>in</strong>ks thatthe actual volatility exceeds the implied volatility, he will buy options. Thisis because the higher the actual volatility, the higher the option value.Delta and Volatility


is10In the previous chapter, we discussed the concept of delta and impliedvolatility. We also <strong>in</strong>troduced the Black-Scholes formula. In this chapter, wewill use these concepts to expla<strong>in</strong> two other option trad<strong>in</strong>g issues - (I)delta hedg<strong>in</strong>g and (2) trad<strong>in</strong>g options be<strong>in</strong>g equivalent to trad<strong>in</strong>g volatility.We will cont<strong>in</strong>ue to discuss why we said <strong>in</strong> our last chapter that the policyof the <strong>in</strong>stitution should stipulate the option trad<strong>in</strong>g strategy and establishoption trad<strong>in</strong>g limits.People usually have a wrong conception of what the real mean<strong>in</strong>g of optionstrad<strong>in</strong>g is. Simply buy<strong>in</strong>g an option and look<strong>in</strong>g for the <strong>in</strong>crease of theoption price or sell<strong>in</strong>g an option for premium <strong>in</strong>come is not really trad<strong>in</strong>goptions. Some people buy call (put) options when they are bullish (bearish)on the stock; or sell options (both call or put) when they th<strong>in</strong>k the priceof the stock will not reach the level of the strike price so that they canpocket the premium. All of these are strategies of people us<strong>in</strong>g options asa tool to participate Jnjh^tockjriarket. The benefit of these strategies isthe leverage - <strong>in</strong>stead of <strong>in</strong>vest<strong>in</strong>g the full amount to purchase the underly<strong>in</strong>gstock, They can <strong>in</strong>vest a fraction of it and still get the similar result.Nevertheless, the risk of us<strong>in</strong>g such strategies is also higher than that oftrad<strong>in</strong>g the underly<strong>in</strong>g stock.Professional options traders consider these <strong>in</strong>vestment actions merely trad<strong>in</strong>gthe underly<strong>in</strong>g security and do not call them options trad<strong>in</strong>g. Tradfnjg optionsis trad<strong>in</strong>g v^ktility. We have touched the volatility issue <strong>in</strong> the last chapter.A simple diagram can re<strong>in</strong>force our understand<strong>in</strong>g of option volatility.Trad<strong>in</strong>g Options is Trad<strong>in</strong>g Volatility


Stock AStock B50 100 150 80 100 120The above graphs illustrate the volatility profile of Stocks A and B. (Forsimplicity reason, we assume a normal distribution for stock prices hererather than a more realistic lognormal distribution). Which option has ahigher value? The answer is Stock A. This is because it has higher uncerta<strong>in</strong>tyor volatility. Dur<strong>in</strong>g a specific period of time, say one year, the price ofStock A has more potential to reach $150, as compared to Stock B whichhas a limited potential to reach $150, based on historical data. Hold<strong>in</strong>g anoption is different from hold<strong>in</strong>g a stock, because there is no down-side risk.Therefore, the option (either call or put) of stock A is worth more.Volatility measures one standard deviation of the stock price distribution<strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> a specific time period. A 20 percent volatility means that the securityprice will (about 68% probability) be traded plus/m<strong>in</strong>us 20 percent of thecurrent price <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> one year. In other words, Stock A has a volatility of50 percent and Stock B has a volatility of 20 percent. (This is expla<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong>a simplified manner. In order to calculate the future price distribution, wehave to know the expected return of the stock. In reality, stock prices arenot normally distributed.)HOW CAN AN OPTION TRADER MAKE MONEY BY TRADING VOLATILITY?A professional option trader buys (or writes) an option contract when heth<strong>in</strong>ks that the implied volatility will <strong>in</strong>crease (decrease) before the optionexpires. He is said to hold a long (short, if he writes) position on thevolatility of the option. This is analogous to an equity trader who buys astock when he th<strong>in</strong>ks that the stock is under-priced and the price of theTrad<strong>in</strong>g Options is Trad<strong>in</strong>g Volatility


stock will go up <strong>in</strong> the near future. But before an option trader can makemoney <strong>in</strong> option trad<strong>in</strong>g, there is one condition - he has to ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong> a fullyhedged or delta neutral position. If he does not keep a fully hedged position,he is trad<strong>in</strong>g the underly<strong>in</strong>g, at least some part of it.Assume that an option trader sells 100 one-year at-the-money put optionsof Stock A and does not want to take any risk of the underly<strong>in</strong>g. He canfully hedge his position under the follow<strong>in</strong>g scenarios:(1) The option writer can immediately buy an option contract <strong>with</strong> exactlythe same terms of the option contract he just sold. He can still makemoney <strong>by</strong> earn<strong>in</strong>g a spread. For example, he sells the option contractto the option buyer for a 5,50 percent premium and buys back a mirrorcontract for 5 percent. He will earn the 0.5 percent spread.Or he can do one of the follow<strong>in</strong>gs:(2) If he knows for sure <strong>in</strong> one year the price of Stock A will be higher thanthe strike price of $100, he will do noth<strong>in</strong>g, because he knows that theoption holder will not exercise the option.(3) If he knows for sure <strong>in</strong> one year the price of Stock A will be lower thanthe strike price of $100, the option holder will exercise his right to sell100 shares of Stock A to him at $100. In order to fully hedge hisposition, the option writer will sell 100 shares of Stock A at $100 nowto fully hedge this position.S<strong>in</strong>ce at this moment he has no way to know what the price of Stock A willbe <strong>in</strong> one year, he has to use a little mathematics to determ<strong>in</strong>e how muchhe should hedge. For at-the-money options (assum<strong>in</strong>g that the stock haszero growth rate for simplicity reason), there is a 50 percent chance thatthe stock price will be lower than the strike price. Therefore, he fullyhedges his position <strong>by</strong> sell<strong>in</strong>g 50 shares of Stock A. Or we can say that thereis a 50 percent probability that the option writer will have to buy 100 sharesof the underly<strong>in</strong>g stock at $100 if the option holder exercises his option.Therefore, the option writer has to sell 50 shares of the stock <strong>in</strong> orderto be fully hedged.Trad<strong>in</strong>g Options is Trad<strong>in</strong>g Volatility


From the last chapter, you know that the 50 percent or 0.5 is the option'sdelta. We also know that delta is the hedge ratio. In order to fully hedgean at-the-money calj^put) option written, an option writer needs to purchase(s^ll) a certa<strong>in</strong> number of shares as determ<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>by</strong> delta multiplied <strong>by</strong> thenumber of shares under the contract.But what if the price of Stock A drops to $90, or <strong>in</strong>creases to $110?When the stock price of A drops from $100 to $90, the put option is <strong>in</strong>the-moneyand the probability of the option be<strong>in</strong>g exercised is higher than50 percent. Assume that the delta is now 0.7. The option writer has tohedge 70 percent of his position <strong>by</strong> sell<strong>in</strong>g 70 shares of Stock A. S<strong>in</strong>ce hehas already sold 50, he has to sell 20 more.90 100When the stock price of A <strong>in</strong>creases from $ 100 to $ 110, the put option isout-of-the-money and the probability of the option be<strong>in</strong>g exercised is less than50 percent, say at 30 percent, or the delta is now 0.3. At this time, the optionwriter has to buy back 20 shares of Stock A <strong>in</strong> order to rema<strong>in</strong> delta neutral.(He should sell 30 shares but he has already sold 50.)100 110Trad<strong>in</strong>g Options is Trad<strong>in</strong>g Volatility


If the stock price of A cont<strong>in</strong>ues to <strong>in</strong>crease to $120, and assum<strong>in</strong>g that thedelta is now 0.15, the option writer should buy back 15 more shares <strong>in</strong> orderto rema<strong>in</strong> delta neutral. This is the so-called delta-neutral hedge.100 110 120S<strong>in</strong>ce stock price does not usually jump from $100 to $110, how often shouldthe option writer hedge his position? Should he hedge every time when deltachanges?In theory, if the option writer rema<strong>in</strong>s perfectly hedged at all times and theactual option volatility is the same as implied volatility, the aggregate hedg<strong>in</strong>gcost equals approximately the amount of the option premium of the mirroroption (here we refer to the option premium <strong>in</strong> the professional market),assum<strong>in</strong>g there is no transaction cost. This leaves the option writer <strong>with</strong>a 0.5 percent profit for this transaction <strong>in</strong> our example. He will surely askhimself, "why do I have to go through all the troubles to hedge? I'd betterjust buy a mirror option and earn the 0.5 percent spread." The key forthis strategy to make more money depends on the option trader's professionaljudgement on the volatility. If the volatility <strong>in</strong>deed decreases from 50 percentto 20 percent after six months as the option trader expected, he can buya mirror option <strong>with</strong> a premium lower than that he has collected. (Here wefocus only on the volatility factor for easy explanation. In reality, the optiontrader has to consider other factors, such as the change of the <strong>in</strong>tr<strong>in</strong>sicvalue of the option, etc.) Now he has accomplished all the th<strong>in</strong>gs he issupposed to do: (I) he rema<strong>in</strong>s delta neutral at all times (or at least mostof the time) dur<strong>in</strong>g this period; (2) he has squared off his option positions;and (3) he has made a profit - the difference between the amount ofpremium he collects and that he pays, plus the 0.5 percent spread.Trad<strong>in</strong>g Options is Trad<strong>in</strong>g Volatility


Besides that, option traders are normally given a certa<strong>in</strong> degree of freedomfor not ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g a perfectly hedged position. Every time an option traderdecides not to have a perfectly hedged position, he is runn<strong>in</strong>g an openposition. Management usually controls option traders' freedom <strong>by</strong> impos<strong>in</strong>goption trad<strong>in</strong>g limits, such as delta and gamma limits. They are usuallyexpressed <strong>in</strong> dollar amount. An option trader can make his professionaljudgements <strong>by</strong> hold<strong>in</strong>g long or short positions, or <strong>by</strong> over-hedg<strong>in</strong>g or underhedg<strong>in</strong>gthe positions he holds, as long as he acts <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> his limits.How much freedom an option trader should be given is a managementdecision. It is determ<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>by</strong> a lot of th<strong>in</strong>gs, such as the <strong>in</strong>stitution's risktolerance level, market outlook, product nature and characteristics, trader'sexpertise and past performance, exist<strong>in</strong>g trad<strong>in</strong>g systems, projected revenue,risk management and <strong>in</strong>ternal control systems, etc.The basic mechanism of trad<strong>in</strong>g options has been discussed above. It isobvious that for prudent risk control, management should stipulate theoptions trad<strong>in</strong>g strategies and establish options trad<strong>in</strong>g limits. In the policystatement, management should clearly answer the follow<strong>in</strong>g questions: whatare the purposes of trad<strong>in</strong>g options? Is it ma<strong>in</strong>ly a customer-driven bus<strong>in</strong>essor ma<strong>in</strong>ly a proprietary trad<strong>in</strong>g bus<strong>in</strong>ess? What is the planned revenueallocation between customer bus<strong>in</strong>ess and proprietary trad<strong>in</strong>g bus<strong>in</strong>ess?Should traders be allowed to buy options simply to participate <strong>in</strong> the stockmarket? How much freedom should traders have when us<strong>in</strong>g the deltaneutralstrategy? What are the delta limits? What are the gross positionlimits for both the options and the underly<strong>in</strong>g assets? All these should bedocumented <strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>stitution's options trad<strong>in</strong>g policy and limits structure.Without them, it is very questionable how management can adequatelymanage, control and monitor the <strong>in</strong>stitution's options trad<strong>in</strong>g activities.Trad<strong>in</strong>g Options is Trad<strong>in</strong>g Volatility


OF AN11In the previous two chapters, we discussed option's delta and volatility(vega) and their application <strong>in</strong> options trad<strong>in</strong>g. In this chapter, we will talkabout another feature of option - gamma, also a Greek alphabet.The gamma of a portfolio of options on an underly<strong>in</strong>g asset is the rate ofchange of the portfolio's delta <strong>with</strong> respect to the price of the underly<strong>in</strong>g assetIn other words, gamma is the second derivative <strong>with</strong> respect to the underly<strong>in</strong>g.OptionPrice•X.XPrice of theunderly<strong>in</strong>gY Yi Y2For a small change <strong>in</strong> the underly<strong>in</strong>g, say from Y to Yi, the option pricechanges from X to Xi. In this case, delta does a relatively good job becausethe curvature of OO' is small <strong>in</strong> this price range. However, for a largerchange <strong>in</strong> the underly<strong>in</strong>g, the curvature of the OO' l<strong>in</strong>e becomes larger.Us<strong>in</strong>g delta alone will create a hedg<strong>in</strong>g error as the graph <strong>in</strong>dicates. Themagnitude of the error depends on the curvature of OO'. Gamma measuresThe Gamma of an Option


this curvature. If gamma is large <strong>in</strong> absolute terms (more curvature), deltais highly sensitive to the price change of the underly<strong>in</strong>g.The relation of delta and gamma is similar to that of duration and convexity.If you go back to Chapter 7, you will f<strong>in</strong>d that the above graph and thegraph <strong>in</strong> that chapter illustrate the same po<strong>in</strong>t: the curvature of the actualprice l<strong>in</strong>e makes duration and delta an <strong>in</strong>accurate measurement tool, andconvexity and gamma can correct this <strong>in</strong>accuracy.In Chapter 9, we say that a call option <strong>with</strong> a delta of 0.5 means that whenthe price of the underly<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>creases <strong>by</strong> $l,the price of the option <strong>in</strong>creases<strong>by</strong> approximately $0.5. Now, add<strong>in</strong>g the gamma element <strong>in</strong>to the picture, ifthe price of the underly<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>creases <strong>by</strong> $1, the price of the option <strong>with</strong> adelta of 0.5 and a gamma of 0.1 will <strong>in</strong>crease <strong>by</strong> approximately $0.6 <strong>in</strong>steadof $0.5.Option traders usually express gamma <strong>in</strong> the change of delta per one po<strong>in</strong>tchange <strong>in</strong> the underly<strong>in</strong>g. Also, traders express a delta of LOO as 100 deltasand a change of 0.1 delta a change of 10 deltas. For example, if a trader holds10 option contracts <strong>with</strong> a delta of 0.1, he is said to be hold<strong>in</strong>g a position of100 deltas.You will quickly realise how important gamma is to a trader's hedge position.A trader has to <strong>in</strong>crease his hedges <strong>in</strong> order to stay <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> his trad<strong>in</strong>g limit,if he has a position <strong>with</strong> a delta of 0.45 and a gamma of 0.45. Assume hehas 10 such contracts and a risk limit equivalent to the amount of 500deltas, he may appear <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> his risk limit (450 deltas) if consider<strong>in</strong>g onlythe delta. However, he is <strong>in</strong> a danger zone of exceed<strong>in</strong>g his limit if themarket moves. If the underly<strong>in</strong>g moves <strong>by</strong> one po<strong>in</strong>t, he will exceed his risklimit <strong>by</strong> 400 deltas because he will have a 900 delta position (10 contractsx (45 + 45) = 900). Thus, it is very important to set a gamma limitThe profile of gamma changes aga<strong>in</strong>st the underly<strong>in</strong>g depend very much onthe time rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g until expiration of the option. This means that when anThe Gamma of an Option


at-the-money option approaches its expiration closer and closer, its gammabecomes bigger and bigger for every unit change of the underly<strong>in</strong>g.An article written <strong>by</strong> John Braddock and Benjam<strong>in</strong> Krause has an excellentdescription about the relation between gamma and the option's rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>gtime to expiration:Suppose there is a basketball game. Team A and Team B are of equalstrength. At the time when the game starts, the score is 0 and 0 andboth team's chance of w<strong>in</strong>n<strong>in</strong>g the game is 50 percent. This is analogousto purchas<strong>in</strong>g an at-the-money call option <strong>with</strong> a delta of 0.5.Dur<strong>in</strong>g the game, there are times when Team A is <strong>in</strong> front <strong>by</strong> a fewpo<strong>in</strong>ts and it has a higher probability of w<strong>in</strong>n<strong>in</strong>g the game. This isequivalent to the price of the underly<strong>in</strong>g stock goes up and so does thedelta of the call option.How much should the delta go up? This is the same question as the onewe will ask regard<strong>in</strong>g how big a chance it is for Team A to w<strong>in</strong> the gameat this time when it is lead<strong>in</strong>g <strong>by</strong> a few po<strong>in</strong>ts.It all depends on how much time rema<strong>in</strong>s <strong>in</strong> the game if both teams arestill of (approximately) equal strength. If Team A is lead<strong>in</strong>g <strong>by</strong> 3 po<strong>in</strong>tsat half-time, its w<strong>in</strong>n<strong>in</strong>g chance is surely higher than 50 percent, butprobably not <strong>by</strong> much, say, 55 percent. However, if Team A is lead<strong>in</strong>g <strong>by</strong>3 po<strong>in</strong>ts <strong>with</strong> only 30 seconds left <strong>in</strong> the game, its chance of w<strong>in</strong>n<strong>in</strong>g isprobably very high, say, 95 percent. Although the marg<strong>in</strong> of the lead forTeam A is the same, the chance of w<strong>in</strong>n<strong>in</strong>g is different.It is the same for options. Assume that for an at-the-money option <strong>with</strong>three months to the expiration date, the delta is 0.5 and the gamma is 0.02.After one day, the price of the underly<strong>in</strong>g changes <strong>by</strong> one po<strong>in</strong>t. At thistime, the delta may change from 0.50 to 0.52 - a relatively small changebecause there is plenty of time for the price of the underly<strong>in</strong>g to go eitherThe Gamma of an Option


way. However, if the time is now one day before the expiration date, andthe price of the underly<strong>in</strong>g changes from at-the-money to one po<strong>in</strong>t <strong>in</strong>-themoney,the delta of the option may change from 0.50 to 0.95 because itsurely looks good for the option to be <strong>in</strong>-the-money before it expires.Gamma estimates the rate of change.For options which are far <strong>in</strong>-the-money (or far out-of-the-money), gammaprobably does not matter much because the delta is already close to I (orclose to zero for far out-of-the-money options). Just like a basketball game,if one team is lead<strong>in</strong>g <strong>by</strong> 30 po<strong>in</strong>ts at the half, its chance of w<strong>in</strong>n<strong>in</strong>g is veryhigh. Whether it ga<strong>in</strong>s a couple of po<strong>in</strong>ts or loses a couple of po<strong>in</strong>ts <strong>in</strong> thesecond half shall not affect the result very much.The Gamma of an Option


12Mortgage-backed securities (MBS) are securities backed <strong>by</strong> mortgages. MBScan be privately issued or issued <strong>by</strong> quasi-government agencies. The mostliquid and active MBS market is <strong>in</strong> the US, where there are over US$1.2trillion worth of MBS outstand<strong>in</strong>g (<strong>in</strong> 1992), and over US$300 billion of newMBS and mortgage loan pools issued each year.MORTGAGE PASS-THROUGH SECURITIESThe traditional MBS are "mortgage pass-through" securities <strong>in</strong> which thelender bank pools mortgage loans <strong>with</strong> similar characteristics together,collects pr<strong>in</strong>cipal and <strong>in</strong>terest payments every month, and passes throughthe pr<strong>in</strong>cipal and <strong>in</strong>terest payments less the servic<strong>in</strong>g and other fees to<strong>in</strong>vestors. Investors receive pro rata shares of the resultant cash flows.Suppose an <strong>in</strong>vestor buys a pass-through MBS at par, backed <strong>by</strong> a pool ofmortgage loans all <strong>with</strong> 10 percent <strong>in</strong>terest rate fixed for 30 years. (30-yearfixed rate mortgages are very common <strong>in</strong> the US.) Assume that <strong>in</strong>terestrates drop <strong>by</strong> two percent after the purchase. A common misconception isthat the market value of the MBS would go up just like other bonds. Thisis not the case for MBS. When rates drop, borrowers tend to ref<strong>in</strong>ancetheir mortgages. Instead of pay<strong>in</strong>g 10 percent mortgages fixed for 30 years,they can now ref<strong>in</strong>ance their loans at 8 percent. This is pretty bad for theMBS <strong>in</strong>vestor. Instead of see<strong>in</strong>g his <strong>in</strong>vestment goes up <strong>in</strong> value because ofthe rate drop, he gets his <strong>in</strong>vestment paid off at par. In addition, he has tore<strong>in</strong>vest his money at lower rates now. This is the "prepayment risk" of MBS.On the other hand, if <strong>in</strong>terest rates go up from 10 percent to 12 percent,borrowers would not rush to ref<strong>in</strong>ance their mortgages because they canenjoy pay<strong>in</strong>g lower rates (10 percent versus the market rate of 12 percent)Mortgage-backed Securities


for the rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g life of their mortgages. The <strong>in</strong>vestor, who was expect<strong>in</strong>g toget some of his money back (the regular amortisations, and normal prepaymentsbased on an assumed prepayment speed) to <strong>in</strong>vest at a higher rate, is notgett<strong>in</strong>g back as much as he expected. And the orig<strong>in</strong>al <strong>in</strong>vestment horizonbecomes longer now. This is the "extension risk" of MBS.PREPAYMENT CHARACTERISTICS OFThe most important characteristic of MBS is prepayment. Prepayment iswhen borrowers prepay their mortgages before the maturity date. Although<strong>in</strong>terest rate is the most important factor that <strong>in</strong>fluences prepayment pattern,prepayment always exists no matter how <strong>in</strong>terest rates and other economicfactors change. People tend to prepay their mortgages for various reasons:mov<strong>in</strong>g up to a bigger and better house, or relocat<strong>in</strong>g to a different location,etc. In California, statistics show that people tend to move every 5 to 7years. For the whole nation, the average life is 7 years for 15-year mortgageloans and 12 years for 30-year loans. Therefore, when an <strong>in</strong>vestor <strong>in</strong>vests<strong>in</strong> a 10 percent coupon MBS backed <strong>by</strong> a pool of 30-year loans, his <strong>in</strong>vestmenthorizon is not 30 years but more or less 12 years under a normal situation.The prepayment characteristic is so important that when a collateral mortgageobligation (CMO), a more complex form of MBS, is priced, the average lifeand the yield of the bond are quoted based on an assumed prepaymentspeed. There are two common methods for measur<strong>in</strong>g prepayment speed:Conditional Prepayment Rate (CPR) method and Public Securities Association(PSA) method. CPR represents the annualised percentage of the outstand<strong>in</strong>gbalance that is prepaid dur<strong>in</strong>g the period. For example, 6 percent CPRmeans that 6 percent of the outstand<strong>in</strong>g balance, net of scheduledamortisations, will be prepaid each year. PSA, on the other hand, assumesthat unseasoned loans tend to be prepaid at slower rates. The base PSA(100 percent PSA) assumes that prepayments rise l<strong>in</strong>early from 0.2 percentCPR to 6 percent CPR over 30 months from the orig<strong>in</strong>ation of the mortgage,and then rema<strong>in</strong> constant at 6 percent CPR. A ISO PSA means thatprepayment speed will rise to 9 percent (1.50 x 6 percent) over 30 monthsand then rema<strong>in</strong> at 9 percent.Mortgage-backed Securities


NEGATIVE CONVEXITYFor MBS, there is someth<strong>in</strong>g called negative convexity. In short, it says thatwhen rates cont<strong>in</strong>ue to drop, the value of the security decreases rather than<strong>in</strong>creases.For most non-callable securities, such as treasury bonds, the price-to-yieldcurve is convex <strong>with</strong> respect to the X axis (the follow<strong>in</strong>g price-to-yieldgraphs are adapted from "The Evolution of Mortgage-backed Securities" <strong>by</strong>Jess Lederman):PriceNon-Callable BondYieldThis means that as the yield decreases (mov<strong>in</strong>g from right to left <strong>in</strong> theabove graph), price <strong>in</strong>creases at a faster and faster rate, and as the yield<strong>in</strong>creases, price decreases at a slower and slower rate. The price-yield curveis different for MBS. For MBS, there are two components. The firstcomponent is just like other non-callable bonds. The second component isactually an option transaction - the issuer of the security writes a prepaymentoption to the loan borrowers, and passes through the premium to the<strong>in</strong>vestor. This is one of the reasons that pass-through MBS are usually pricedat more than 100 basis po<strong>in</strong>ts over treasuries. Dur<strong>in</strong>g the life of the mortgage,a borrower can put the mortgage back to the lender at an advantageoussituation to him, such as when the market mortgage rates are two percentlower than his exist<strong>in</strong>g mortgage rate.Mortgage-backed Securities


PriceNon-Callable BondPrepayment option (opposite effect to MBS holders)YieldWhen the market mortgage rates are higher than the exist<strong>in</strong>g mortgagerates <strong>in</strong> the loan pool, the value of the borrower's prepayment option isnot worth much (the right-hand side of the graph). Borrowers are unlikelyto ref<strong>in</strong>ance their mortgages (or to exercise their options and put themortgages back to the lender). But if rates (and hence the yield) cont<strong>in</strong>ueto drop (mov<strong>in</strong>g from right to left <strong>in</strong> the above graph), the prepaymentoption is chang<strong>in</strong>g from out-of-the-money to <strong>in</strong>-the-money. This is becausewhen the market mortgage rates are lower than the mortgage rates <strong>in</strong> theloan pool (<strong>by</strong> approximately 2 percent depend<strong>in</strong>g on the cost of ref<strong>in</strong>ance),there is an advantage for the borrowers to ref<strong>in</strong>ance their mortgages. Thevalue of the prepayment option <strong>in</strong>creases. The value of the MBS is thecomb<strong>in</strong>ation of these two values - the long position (positive value) of thenon-callable bond m<strong>in</strong>us the short position (negative value) of the prepaymentoption. Therefore, it is difficult to predict the cash flows of a simple passthroughMBS.PriceMBSNon-Callable BondPrepayment option (opposite effect to MBS holders)YieldMortgage-backed Securities


MULTI-CLASSIn 1983, Freddie Mac <strong>in</strong>troduced multi-class collateralised mortgageobligations (CMO). A CMO usually has several classes (or tranches). Itdivides mortgages <strong>in</strong>to a series of sequentially pay<strong>in</strong>g bonds <strong>with</strong> severaldifferent maturities. For <strong>in</strong>stance, a $100 million CMO can be divided <strong>in</strong>tomany classes, four as <strong>in</strong> this example:ClassClass AClass BPr<strong>in</strong>cipal$30 million$40 millionExpected Average Life2 years5 yearsClass CClass D(residual class)$25 million$5 million7 years20 yearsClass A is entitled to the first 30 percent of the pr<strong>in</strong>cipal repayment of thecollateral. It means that the first $30 million pr<strong>in</strong>cipal repayment (<strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g thescheduled amortisations and all prepayments) received on the pool will go toClass A <strong>in</strong>vestors. All other classes will receive <strong>in</strong>terest only. After Class Ais paid off, Class B starts to receive the pr<strong>in</strong>cipal repayment, and so on.Class A has most of the prepayment risk and not much extension risk. Onthe other hand, Classes C and D have most of the extension risk but notmuch prepayment risk This helps to solve, to a great extent, the unpredictablecash flow problem of pass-through MBS. Investors can target certa<strong>in</strong> specificmaturities. This <strong>in</strong>evitably broadens the <strong>in</strong>vestor base. Additionally, unlikes<strong>in</strong>gle-class MBS which are priced at a spread of, say 125 basis po<strong>in</strong>ts over10-year treasury, multi-class MBS can be priced at different treasury maturities.These two factors <strong>in</strong>deed tighten MBS to treasury spreads.The above example is just the simplest form of multi-class MBS. Others arequite complex and <strong>in</strong>novative. Some of the recent developments <strong>in</strong> MBSbecome more mathematical and probably steer the products out of theMortgage-backed Securities


normal f<strong>in</strong>ancial path. For example, for a multi-class MBS <strong>with</strong> total tranchesof 250, it is impossible to analyse the cash flows of these tranches us<strong>in</strong>gfundamental f<strong>in</strong>ancial pr<strong>in</strong>ciples. Everyth<strong>in</strong>g was done mathematically. Thereare also the "kitchen-s<strong>in</strong>k securities". They are those latest tranches of MBSwhere even the issuer cannot figure out their cash flow patterns becausethere are too many uncerta<strong>in</strong>ties. They are grouped together and sold ata deep discount to speculative <strong>in</strong>vestors. The value of these securities iseverybody's guess. With no surprise, most of the "kitchen-s<strong>in</strong>k securities"<strong>in</strong>vestors lost big <strong>in</strong> 1994 when <strong>in</strong>terest rates were ris<strong>in</strong>g.Mortgage-backed Securities


13What is a hedge? Accord<strong>in</strong>g to the Webster's Dictionary, a hedge is (I) afence or boundary formed <strong>by</strong> a dense row of shrubs or low trees; or (2)a means of protection or defence as aga<strong>in</strong>st f<strong>in</strong>ancial loss. Hedg<strong>in</strong>g canreduce risk, but it seldom elim<strong>in</strong>ates risk except that the hedg<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>strumentis exactly the same as the <strong>in</strong>strument be<strong>in</strong>g hedged. Perfect hedges are rare,as a trader put it, they can only be found <strong>in</strong> Japanese gardens.For example, a f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>stitution has just made a 5-year $50 million loanto one of its best borrowers. The <strong>in</strong>terest rate on the loan is fixed at 7.0percent. The Chief Executive is quite concerned about the <strong>in</strong>terest rate riskof this transaction. He did not want to make this deal because of the<strong>in</strong>terest rate risk. But he was afraid that he might lose this customer. Heasked the Treasurer to fully hedge the <strong>in</strong>terest rate risk. The Treasurer <strong>in</strong>turn gave the assignment to a f<strong>in</strong>ancial analyst.There are many ways to hedge this transaction, the young f<strong>in</strong>ancial analystth<strong>in</strong>ks. The simplest way is to enter <strong>in</strong>to a 5-year <strong>in</strong>terest rate swapexchang<strong>in</strong>g the fixed rate payments of the loan to float<strong>in</strong>g rate. Afterexam<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the market swap rates, he f<strong>in</strong>ds that there is one problem: basedon the current implied forward curve, the bank will pay the counterparty6.0 percent for five years and receive float<strong>in</strong>g payments based on a 3-monthLIBOR rate adjusted quarterly. The current 3-month LIBOR rate is 5.0percent. What this means is that at least for the first three months, thebank will have a negative net <strong>in</strong>terest <strong>in</strong>come on the swap - pay<strong>in</strong>g 6.0percent and receiv<strong>in</strong>g 5.0 percent. He knows that the bank is undertremendous pressure to improve its earn<strong>in</strong>g growth. A negative net <strong>in</strong>terest<strong>in</strong>come on this swap certa<strong>in</strong>ly will not help.Hedg<strong>in</strong>g <strong>with</strong> <strong>Derivatives</strong>


The alternative is to buy an Interest rate cap. But the premium for a longtermcap is very expensive. In addition, 5-year caps are not that liquid.Another alternative, which the f<strong>in</strong>ancial analyst th<strong>in</strong>ks is the best, is to enter<strong>in</strong>to a pay-float<strong>in</strong>g-receive-fixed swap. We call this a reverse swap, because itreverses a regular pay-fixed-receive-float<strong>in</strong>g swap that is normally used for thepurpose of reduc<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>terest rate risk. In this case, the bank will enter <strong>in</strong>toa swap to pay float<strong>in</strong>g rates, currently at 5.0 percent adjusted quarterly basedon 3-month LIBOR rates, and receive a fixed rate of 6.0 percent. The beautyof this transaction is that the bank will have a positive net <strong>in</strong>terest <strong>in</strong>come atleast for the first three months. As long as 3-month LIBOR rates do not goup <strong>by</strong> more than one percent, which he does not th<strong>in</strong>k it will, the positive net<strong>in</strong>terest <strong>in</strong>come will last for the duration of the transaction. Even if 3-rnonthLIBOR rates rise higher than 6.0 percent, the bank has already put somemoney <strong>in</strong> the pocket dur<strong>in</strong>g the early part of the transaction, and hopefully itwill be enough to cover the future shortfall. So he checks the counterparty'scredit rat<strong>in</strong>g and enters <strong>in</strong>to a $50 million reverse swap.The young f<strong>in</strong>ancial analyst reports the transaction to the Treasurer. TheTreasurer happens to be very busy at that moment because the Dollar has justhit a 6-month high aga<strong>in</strong>st the Yen, and the <strong>in</strong>stitution happens to have a largeopen position <strong>in</strong> US dollar. He does not have time to review the details ofthis swap transaction. On the other hand, it is a simple transaction. So heasks the f<strong>in</strong>ancial analyst to <strong>in</strong>form the account<strong>in</strong>g department of the entiretransaction and he himself reports to the Chief Executive that the entire loanexposure is hedged and everyth<strong>in</strong>g is all right. Both are happy because the<strong>in</strong>stitution has just earned a handsome profit <strong>in</strong> the currency market, and the<strong>in</strong>terest rate risk on the $50 million loan has been fully hedged.The above example is a real case <strong>with</strong> a slight modification. It happened ata large problem bank <strong>in</strong> California several years ago. The bank put a $300million pay-float<strong>in</strong>g-receive-fixed swap on its book. At that time the yieldcurve was upward slop<strong>in</strong>g, and this swap would <strong>in</strong>crease the <strong>in</strong>stitution's<strong>in</strong>terest rate exposure if <strong>in</strong>terest rates rise. The bank's policy allowedHedg<strong>in</strong>g <strong>with</strong> <strong>Derivatives</strong>


management to enter <strong>in</strong>to swap and other derivative transactions only forthe purposes of hedg<strong>in</strong>g or reduc<strong>in</strong>g the bank's <strong>in</strong>terest rate exposure. Justlike other messy transactions, there were no documented analysis and recordon this swap transaction. Management admitted that it was a mistake, andtold the exam<strong>in</strong>ers that the analyst was no longer work<strong>in</strong>g for the bank andnobody knew the reason<strong>in</strong>g beh<strong>in</strong>d that transaction.What happened to this transaction was amaz<strong>in</strong>g. In the early 90's, the USshort-term <strong>in</strong>terest rates cont<strong>in</strong>ued to drop. This reverse swap actuallymade a lot of money for the bank.So the young analyst won his bet. But the question is - was it a hedge? Theanswer is no. This was a bet on <strong>in</strong>terest rates. Management probably knewand endorsed the transaction, but was afraid that the regulators mightcriticise the <strong>in</strong>stitution of bett<strong>in</strong>g on <strong>in</strong>terest rates. Therefore, no documentedanalysis was reta<strong>in</strong>ed. This happened quite often dur<strong>in</strong>g the bank<strong>in</strong>g crisis<strong>in</strong> the US several years ago because of the federal deposit <strong>in</strong>surance system- if the bet was right, the <strong>in</strong>stitution would be saved and management wouldbe rewarded handsomely; if the bet was wrong, the government wouldhave to pay for the damages.Hedg<strong>in</strong>g is a complicated issue. To hedge a position can reduce risk, but italso implies forego<strong>in</strong>g of bus<strong>in</strong>ess opportunity and potential profit. Forexample, a back-to-back transaction can reduce your price risk to a m<strong>in</strong>imumlevel. However, it also means that the <strong>in</strong>stitution will not be able to enjoyany ga<strong>in</strong>. (Even a back-to-back transaction cannot elim<strong>in</strong>ate risk entirelybecause it <strong>in</strong>troduces additional credit risk and liquidity risk.)How much risk a bank is will<strong>in</strong>g to take depends on the <strong>in</strong>stitution's capitallevel, bus<strong>in</strong>ess strategy, expertise, sophistication of systems, etc.In ourexample, if the <strong>in</strong>stitution leaves this $50 million loan totally unhedged,there may not be too much problem if the <strong>in</strong>stitution has a strong capitalposition which can tolerate this k<strong>in</strong>d of risk, provided that proper analysishas been performed and documented.Hedg<strong>in</strong>g <strong>with</strong> <strong>Derivatives</strong>


In review<strong>in</strong>g a hedge transaction, exam<strong>in</strong>ers usually look at the entire process,the oversight <strong>by</strong> management, the analysis and the documentation. To hedgeor not to hedge is a management decision. It should be part of the<strong>in</strong>stitution's entire asset/liability management process. It should be properlyanalysed and documented. In addition, the analysis should be reviewed andapproved <strong>by</strong> management, and even <strong>by</strong> the board if the transaction isconsidered significant to the <strong>in</strong>stitution.The current rules govern<strong>in</strong>g the account<strong>in</strong>g treatment for derivatives arequite weak. They do not adequately cover some of the most basic typesof derivative products. Account<strong>in</strong>g for end-user hedg<strong>in</strong>g activities is themost problematic derivatives account<strong>in</strong>g issue. Account<strong>in</strong>g rules for theseactivities are <strong>in</strong>complete and could easily be mis-applied. This situationexists <strong>in</strong> Hong Kong, the US and the UK.Traditional account<strong>in</strong>g standards only cover certa<strong>in</strong> derivatives <strong>in</strong>struments.For example, <strong>in</strong> the US, SFAS 52 covers foreign currency transactions, andSFAS 80 covers futures contracts. These account<strong>in</strong>g standards may not coverother derivatives transactions such as swaps, options, structured notes.The traditional practice <strong>in</strong> hedge account<strong>in</strong>g is to treat a transaction as ahedge if it meets the follow<strong>in</strong>g general criteria:1. The item to be hedged exposed the enterprise to price for <strong>in</strong>terestrate) risk. In our example, there def<strong>in</strong>itely is an <strong>in</strong>terest rate risk. If<strong>in</strong>terest rates rise, the <strong>in</strong>stitution will suffer a loss on this loan.Therefore, this criterion is met. To fulfil this requirement, certa<strong>in</strong>analytical work must be performed and documented <strong>by</strong> management.2. The item be<strong>in</strong>g hedged and the hedg<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>strument are specificallyidentified <strong>by</strong> management and the relationship between them isdesignated as hedge. This criterion is also met <strong>in</strong> our example.Aga<strong>in</strong>, proper documentation is required.3. The hedg<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>strument is expected to reduce such exposureeffectively and cont<strong>in</strong>ue to do so throughout the life of theHedg<strong>in</strong>g <strong>with</strong> <strong>Derivatives</strong>


transaction. For this criterion to be met, at the <strong>in</strong>ception of thehedge and throughout the hedge period, high correlation of changes<strong>in</strong> (a) the market value of the hedg<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>strument and (b) the fair valueof, or <strong>in</strong>terest <strong>in</strong>come or expense associated <strong>with</strong>, the hedged itemshall be probable so that the result of the hedg<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>strument willsubstantially offset the effects of price and <strong>in</strong>terest rate changes on theexposed item. However, the account<strong>in</strong>g standard falls short of say<strong>in</strong>gwhat "high correlation" is. The "hedge" <strong>in</strong> our example does not meetthis criterion because when <strong>in</strong>terest rates rise, the values of both thehedg<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>strument and the <strong>in</strong>strument be<strong>in</strong>g hedged decrease.For a transaction qualified as a hedge, the recognition of a change <strong>in</strong> thehedg<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>strument's market value is not required until the report<strong>in</strong>g period<strong>in</strong> which the change <strong>in</strong> market value of the hedged item is ultimatelyrecognised. This account<strong>in</strong>g treatment allows the delay of recognition ofprofits and losses for <strong>in</strong>struments designated as hedge, and opens the doorfor abuses <strong>by</strong> companies which want to hide their derivatives losses. Becausethe traditional account<strong>in</strong>g standards are <strong>in</strong>complete, it is difficult to policeabuses. On the other hand, it is not that difficult to f<strong>in</strong>d some correlationbetween two items <strong>in</strong> a multi-billion dollar assets and liabilities portfoliosand call them a hedge, even though the so called "hedge" may not make anysense to the <strong>in</strong>stitution's exist<strong>in</strong>g asset/liability structure.Several <strong>in</strong>ternational account<strong>in</strong>g bodies, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g the Hong Kong Society ofAccountants, are currently address<strong>in</strong>g this issue. Until the new standardsbecome effective, polic<strong>in</strong>g account<strong>in</strong>g abuses <strong>in</strong> derivatives transactionsrema<strong>in</strong>s a difficult job.Hedg<strong>in</strong>g <strong>with</strong> <strong>Derivatives</strong>


14One of the most popular topics <strong>in</strong> the derivatives and risk management circlethese days is credit derivatives. This latest f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>novation may havetremendous impact on how banks and f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>stitutions operate <strong>in</strong> the future.The most important characteristic of derivatives is its ability of "bundl<strong>in</strong>g"or "unbundl<strong>in</strong>g" risk and return. For example, buy<strong>in</strong>g an <strong>in</strong>dex futurescontract means participat<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the ups or downs of all the underly<strong>in</strong>gstocks <strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>dex. On the other hand, a pool of mortgage loans can be"unbundled" <strong>in</strong>to several different tranches of mortgage-backed securitiesor collateral mortgage obligations (CMO) and sold to different types of<strong>in</strong>vestors who have different risk and return requirements. Credit derivativesare under the concept of "unbundl<strong>in</strong>g".The return on any f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>strument depends on the risk level of thef<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>strument. Many f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>struments have more than one typeof risk. For example, a corporate bond has its credit, <strong>in</strong>terest rate andliquidity risk components, and may even have additional tax and legal riskcomponents. An <strong>in</strong>vestor may f<strong>in</strong>d that a particular corporate bond issuitable for his risk/return requirement except for the credit risk. In thepast, he might just forget about buy<strong>in</strong>g that bond because there was no wayfor him to get rid of the credit risk component of this <strong>in</strong>vestment. Withcredit derivatives, he can now buy this bond and "unbundle" away thespecific credit risk of the subject company.There are three common forms of credit derivatives, namely, credit defaultswap, credit l<strong>in</strong>ked note and total return swap.Credit <strong>Derivatives</strong>


CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPThe simplest form of credit derivatives is credit default swap (or defaultoption) <strong>in</strong> which Bank A (the protection seeker) pays a fee (usually <strong>in</strong> basispo<strong>in</strong>ts) to Bank B (the protection provider) to protect the f<strong>in</strong>ancial lossaris<strong>in</strong>g from the default or other credit event of the Company X bond (thereference asset). Bank B is usually a much stronger company than CompanyX, otherwise it makes no sense for Bank A to seek protection from Bank B.Bank A(Protection Seeker)Company XBondFee <strong>in</strong> bps per quarterNotional of the contract lessrecovery value of Company Xbond if credit event occurs/zero if no credit eventBank B(Protection Provider)Under the terms of the contract, if a def<strong>in</strong>ed credit event or default occursdur<strong>in</strong>g the term of the contract, Bank B will pay Bank A the notional of thecontract less any recovery value of the reference asset (usually 90 days afterthe def<strong>in</strong>ed event).This arrangement is like an <strong>in</strong>surance policy, a guarantee or a letter ofcredit But the key po<strong>in</strong>t is that the credit risk of this bond has been"unbundled" away from the bond. For example, under the credit defaultoption contract, Bank A pays Bank B 12 basis po<strong>in</strong>ts on a $10 millionnotional per quarter for five years. If a credit event occurs dur<strong>in</strong>g theperiod, and the market price of the reference asset is 75 three monthsafter the event, Bank A will get $2.5 million (the face value of $10 millionm<strong>in</strong>us the recovery value of $7.5 million) from Bank B.CREDIT LINKED NOTEBank A can also sell someth<strong>in</strong>g called "credit l<strong>in</strong>ked note" to protect theloss aris<strong>in</strong>g from the default or credit event of the Company X bond. Inthe arrangement of a credit l<strong>in</strong>ked note, Bank A issues a note l<strong>in</strong>ked to thesubject bond (the reference asset), and the note pays a specified fixed orCredit <strong>Derivatives</strong>


float<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>terest rate just like other notes. Bank B buys the note at par. Ifno default or def<strong>in</strong>ed credit event occurs dur<strong>in</strong>g the term of the note, thenote will mature at par. However, if a def<strong>in</strong>ed credit event occurs, the notewill be redeemed for the recovery value of the reference asset (usually 90days after the credit event). For example, Bank B purchased a $10 millioncredit l<strong>in</strong>ked note from Bank A and Company X's credit rat<strong>in</strong>g decl<strong>in</strong>ed fromBBB to BB dur<strong>in</strong>g the term of the note and this rat<strong>in</strong>g decl<strong>in</strong>e is def<strong>in</strong>ed asa credit event. The subject bond's market value is 65 three months afterthe rat<strong>in</strong>g decl<strong>in</strong>e. The note will be redeemed for the recovery value of$6.5 million. Therefore, Bank A's ga<strong>in</strong> of $3.5 million from the credit l<strong>in</strong>kednote transaction will offset the loss of $3.5 million due to its hold<strong>in</strong>g of a$10 million Company X bond.Bank A(Protection Seeker)iCompany XBondPr<strong>in</strong>cipal of noteInterest on noteRecovery value if credit eventoccurs / pr<strong>in</strong>cipal at maturityif no credit eventBank B(Protection Provider)TOTAL RETURN SWAPIn a total return swap arrangement, Bank A (the protection seeker) agreesto pay Bank B (the protection provider) all contractual payments plus anyappreciation <strong>in</strong> market value of the subject bond (the total return on thereference asset), and Bank B agrees to pay Bank A LIBOR plus specifiedbasis po<strong>in</strong>ts, say z bps, as well as any depreciation <strong>in</strong> market value of thereference asset dur<strong>in</strong>g the term of the swap.Bank A(Protection Seeker)Company XBondTotal return onCompany X bond(all contractual payment+ appreciation)LIBOR + z bps + depreciationBank B(Protection Provider)Credit <strong>Derivatives</strong>


APPLICATION OF CREDIT DERIVATIVESYou may ask why Bank A wants to enter <strong>in</strong>to these credit derivativesarrangements such as total return swap. It can simply <strong>in</strong>vest <strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>terbankmarket or other markets to obta<strong>in</strong> the same return of LIBOR plus zbasis po<strong>in</strong>ts which Bank B would pay.This analysis may be correct from a pure yield or return po<strong>in</strong>t of view Butbanks have other th<strong>in</strong>gs to consider. Bank A is concerned that Company X'scredit stand<strong>in</strong>g may deteriorate <strong>in</strong> the long run, but it still wants to keep agood relationship <strong>with</strong> Company X. Therefore, it cont<strong>in</strong>ues to supply CompanyX's f<strong>in</strong>anc<strong>in</strong>g needs. Credit derivatives allow Bank A to cont<strong>in</strong>ue to have agood relationship <strong>with</strong> Company X <strong>with</strong>out tak<strong>in</strong>g on the credit risk it doesnot want to take. (Bank A does not have to tell Company X that it haspurchased a credit default option or sold a credit l<strong>in</strong>ked note relat<strong>in</strong>g toCompany X.)Another common application of credit derivatives is to reduce creditconcentration on certa<strong>in</strong> counterparties. For example, Bank A may wantto reduce its exposure to Company X for certa<strong>in</strong> loans or l<strong>in</strong>es of creditwhich have already been on BankA's book <strong>by</strong> enter<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to a credit derivativecontract <strong>with</strong> a third partyOne important characteristic of credit derivatives is that Bank A, theprotection seeker <strong>in</strong> the above examples, does not necessarily have to holdthe bond of Company X (the reference asset) <strong>in</strong> order for it to participate<strong>in</strong> these arrangements. In fact, Bank A does not even have to have anyrelationship <strong>with</strong> Company X. Bank A simply speculates that an adversecredit event will occur to Company X and trades credit derivatives us<strong>in</strong>gthe bond of Company X as a reference asset. Credit derivatives representa new class of <strong>in</strong>vestment for professional <strong>in</strong>vestors.REGULATORY IMPLICATIONRegulators need to ensure that banks have proper risk management toolswhich <strong>in</strong>clude expertise, systems and controls <strong>in</strong> place for their creditCredit <strong>Derivatives</strong>


derivatives operations. Similar to other f<strong>in</strong>ancial derivatives, banks need tomanage related market risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, operational risk, legalrisk and regulatory risk of credit derivatives.On the other hand, credit derivatives br<strong>in</strong>g up a new topic for regulatorsrelat<strong>in</strong>g to the capital adequacy requirement regime. For credit default swaps,the protection seeker to a large extent reduces the orig<strong>in</strong>al credit exposure.However, <strong>in</strong> the process, it acquires a new counterparty risk - the creditrisk of the protection provider. How this improved credit exposure situationshould be treated <strong>in</strong> terms of capital adequacy ratio (CAR) is a sensitive issuefor regulators. For credit l<strong>in</strong>ked notes and total return swaps, banks get ridof some of the orig<strong>in</strong>al credit risk but also acquire new price risk andcounterparty risk. These are also CAR-related issues regulators have to deal<strong>with</strong>.POTENTIAL IMPACT OF CREDIT DERIVATIVES TO THE BANKING INDUSTRYTo banks, credit derivatives are not just another f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>novation. Theymay alter the traditional way banks and f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>stitutions conduct theirbank<strong>in</strong>g bus<strong>in</strong>esses. As we all know, at least two thirds (some even say 90percent) of risks <strong>in</strong> bank<strong>in</strong>g activities relate to credit, and credit risk isextremely difficult to quantify and manage. Credit derivatives provide bankers<strong>with</strong> a genu<strong>in</strong>e tool to deal <strong>with</strong> credit issues. For example, a bank canreduce its property exposure us<strong>in</strong>g credit derivatives if management th<strong>in</strong>ksthat the property exposure of the bank is too high.Credit derivatives are <strong>in</strong> a way like mortgage bank<strong>in</strong>g bus<strong>in</strong>ess <strong>in</strong> the USwhere mortgage orig<strong>in</strong>ators package pools of mortgage loans, unbundle them<strong>in</strong>to pieces, and sell them to different types of <strong>in</strong>vestors <strong>in</strong> the secondarymarket. Mortgage orig<strong>in</strong>ators collect the orig<strong>in</strong>ation fees, keep the servic<strong>in</strong>gright of these loans and earn a servic<strong>in</strong>g spread. Similarly, credit derivativesunbundle the credit risk from a f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>strument. They give banks moreoptions to diversify their portfolios, alter their asset/liability managementstrategies, maneuver their regulatory capital structures, etc. The mortgagebank<strong>in</strong>g bus<strong>in</strong>ess was an <strong>in</strong>novation <strong>in</strong> the 80s and later became an <strong>in</strong>dustryCredit <strong>Derivatives</strong>KSm


<strong>in</strong> the US. Equally <strong>in</strong>novative, credit derivatives are poised for further growthSeveral years down the road, it will not be surpris<strong>in</strong>g to see a bank sell<strong>in</strong>gsome or even most of its credit exposures <strong>in</strong> its asset portfolio and manag<strong>in</strong>gma<strong>in</strong>ly the price risk component of these assets. It probably makes sensefor some banks to adopt this strategy because it is easier to manage pricerisk than credit risk. Although this strategy reduces the yield of these assets,it can <strong>in</strong>crease the volume of lend<strong>in</strong>g activities to compensate for the yieldreduction. This is because this strategy may free up some of the bank'sregulatory capital relat<strong>in</strong>g to credit risk.Credit <strong>Derivatives</strong>


15ATIn the very first chapter of this book, we touched on the concept of value atrisk.Several years ago, the concept of value at risk was still relatively new. S<strong>in</strong>cethen, it has ga<strong>in</strong>ed a lot of publicity on both the market and the regulatoryfronts.From the participants' po<strong>in</strong>t of view, value at risk is an extremely useful toolfor measur<strong>in</strong>g market risk. It summarises the market risk exposure of allf<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>struments <strong>in</strong> a bank's trad<strong>in</strong>g portfolio <strong>in</strong>to a s<strong>in</strong>gle number.Nowadays, if a dealer bank is not us<strong>in</strong>g value at risk or other similarmethodologies to measure market risk for its trad<strong>in</strong>g activities, it will beperceived to be lagg<strong>in</strong>g beh<strong>in</strong>d the best practice standard.The regulators also consider value at risk a useful tool <strong>in</strong> measur<strong>in</strong>g marketrisk. The Basle Committee has issued an amendment to the 1988 CapitalAccord to <strong>in</strong>corporate market risk <strong>in</strong> which value at risk is an acceptableand preferred method for determ<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the required capital level for a bank'strad<strong>in</strong>g risk.In the first chapter, we def<strong>in</strong>ed value at risk as "the expected loss from anadverse market movement <strong>with</strong> a specified probability over a period oftime". We also made a simple illustration to demonstrate the concept ofvalue at risk. Although the concept of value at risk is quite simple and easyto understand, the implementation of value at risk is not an easy job. In thischapter, we will <strong>in</strong>troduce some of the most commonly used value at riskapproaches and discuss the advantages and shortcom<strong>in</strong>gs of us<strong>in</strong>g value atrisk.Value at Risk


THE VARIANCE-COVARIANCE METHODThe trad<strong>in</strong>g portfolio of a bank usually <strong>in</strong>cludes more than one product andcurrency. It is therefore important to address the correlation factor. Acommonly used method is the variance-covariance method.Under the variance-covariance method, we need to collect the historicalvolatility data plus one more — the correlation between each pair of assets.Assume that we have a two-asset portfolio this time, and some of the<strong>in</strong>formation about these two assets are as follows:Asset A Asset BCurrent market price per unit $50 $100Number of units held 100 100Total market value $5,000 $ 10,000Historical volatility 1.0% (one day) 2.0% (one day)Assume that we are calculat<strong>in</strong>g the market risk capital charge for these twoassets us<strong>in</strong>g Basle Committee's Quantitative criteria — 99% confidence level(or 2.33 standard deviations for one day) and a 10-day hold<strong>in</strong>g period.Value at risk of A = $5,000 x 2.33 x 1.0% x VlO = $368.41Value at risk of B = $10,000 x 2.33 x 2.0% x Vm = $1,473.62The number 2.33 is the number of standard deviation which corresponds<strong>with</strong> 99% confidence level. The number VTo is the multiplication factor ofthe required hold<strong>in</strong>g period which is 10 days <strong>in</strong> this case. If the hold<strong>in</strong>gperiod is one year, the multiplication factor is square root of 252 becausethere are 252 trad<strong>in</strong>g days <strong>in</strong> one year.The next step is to consider the correlation between these two assets.Aga<strong>in</strong>, we need to collect and analyse the historical correlation betweeneach parr of assets. In order to make this analysis mean<strong>in</strong>gful, we need alot of observations - at least one year's data as required <strong>by</strong> the BasleCommittee. And we need to use the familiar correlation formula:Value at Risk


Risk A H. B = V R 2 A + Rs 2 + 2CR A R Bwhere RA and RB are the value at risk of A and B respectively, and C is thecorrelation between A and BAll correlation numbers lie between -I and I. With<strong>in</strong> this range, there arethree critical correlation numbers: I, 0 and -I. If the prices of these twoassets always move perfectly together, the correlation is I. We can simplyadd the two value at risk numbers together and derive the portfolio valueat risk which is 1,842.03.If the correlation is 0 between these two assets, which means that these twoassets are completely <strong>in</strong>dependent of each other, the portfolio value at risk is:V36874I 2 + l,473.62 2 + 0 = 1,518.97If the correlation is -1, which means that they offset each other, the portfoliovalue at risk is:V 368.41 2 + l,473.62 2 + 2 x (-1) x 368.41 x 1,473.62 = 1,105.21Or you can simply subtract $368.41 from $1,473.62.As we can see, the concept of the variance-covariance method is quite simple.But aga<strong>in</strong>, the implementation is quite complicated. We need to measure eachasset's volatility and the correlations between each pair of assets based onhistorical data. For a two-asset portfolio, it is not very difficult. But for aportfolio which has thousands of positions, this is a big job.The above example is a simple form of variance-covariance method. Eachbank would have its own version <strong>in</strong> apply<strong>in</strong>g this method. A commonly usedvariance-covariance method <strong>in</strong> the market usually <strong>in</strong>volves several steps:I. Unbundle different types of risk from each asset or position based onmarket factors. For example, a foreign bond would be separated <strong>in</strong>totwo cash-flow components - pr<strong>in</strong>cipal and <strong>in</strong>terest payment; and eachof these two components will be further unbundled <strong>by</strong> different marketfactors such as <strong>in</strong>terest rate and exchange rate factors. Therefore, eachValue at Risk


"cell" would have a cash flow exposed to only one type of market factor.2. Group the cells <strong>with</strong> the same (or similar) characteristics together.3. Calculate the value at risk for each cell group. Some make an assumptionthat the distribution is normal.4. Calculate the portfolio value at risk us<strong>in</strong>g the variance-covariance matrix.THE HISTORICAL SIMULATION METHODThe historical simulation method is based on the assumption that historywill repeat itself.Assume that we have a portfolio of two assets and their current market valuesare $70 and $30 respectively. Next, we need to "re-value" these assets andcome up <strong>with</strong> some "alternative values" based on their historical pricemovements. Assume further that we need 100 sets of these alternative values(some people call them observation po<strong>in</strong>ts) to make the result mean<strong>in</strong>gful.We observe the market prices of these two assets for the past 100 trad<strong>in</strong>gdays. Based on these observation po<strong>in</strong>ts, we can establish a list of alternativevalues, denoted as Vn and Wn, as follows:Observed marketObserved portfolioA <strong>in</strong> observed marketAlternative valuevalues Vn and W%value Pn,value APn = P n - P n -i,AV=Po + APwhere n = 0,... f 1 00where n = 0,..,., 100where n = 0,...., 100Vo = $70,Wo = $30Po = $IOOVi = $68,W. = $22P. = $90APi = -$10$90V 2 = $70,W 2 = $25Pi = $95AP 2 = +$5$105V 3 = $73,W3 = $27P3=$IOOAPs = +$5$105V4 = $7I,W4 = $30P4 = $IOIAP 4 = +$l$101etc.etc.etc.etc.V99 = $68,W99 = $25P99 = $93Vioo = $67,Wioo = $30Pioo = $97APioo = +$4$104Value at Risk


Assume that the portfolio's average rate of return and standard deviationare 0% and 5% respectively, and the 100 alternative values are distributednormally as follows:100The distribution <strong>in</strong>dicates that a lot of the alternative values (approximately68 percent of them) fall <strong>in</strong> the range between 95 and 105. If we expandthe range a little wider, say between 90 and 110, there are approximately95 percent of the alternative prices fall<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> this range. If we expand thisrange wider aga<strong>in</strong> between 85 and 115, it covers almost all the alternativeprices, 99.7 percent of them.For value at risk, we are only concerned <strong>with</strong> the adverse price movement,or the "bad" side of the price range. Therefore, <strong>in</strong> our example andassum<strong>in</strong>g normal distribution, the one-day one-standard deviation value atrisk is $5, one-day two-standard deviation value at risk is $10, and one-daythree-standard deviation value at risk is $15. These one-tailed probabilitynumbers correspond to 84%, 97.7% and 99.86% confidence levelsrespectively.With the historical simulation approach, the assumption of normal distributioncan <strong>in</strong> fact be relaxed. The 100 sets of daily change <strong>in</strong> the portfolio value,APn, can be ranked from the day <strong>with</strong> the worst performance to the day<strong>with</strong> the best performance.Value at Risk


Daily profit and loss ranked <strong>in</strong> ascend<strong>in</strong>g order:Rank1Performance 4152-$1334124-$9.55496-$8.896+$/97+$998+$9.399+$ij100+$14A l<strong>in</strong>e can then be drawn at the 95th percentile to f<strong>in</strong>d the value at risk <strong>with</strong>95% confidence level, one tailed. In our example, it would be the fifth worstperformance or -$9.Another advantage of us<strong>in</strong>g historical simulation is that s<strong>in</strong>ce all data isalready available, there is no need to care about correlation as they arealready embedded <strong>in</strong> the historical data.The concept of this method is easy to understand but its implementationis not so easy.In order to make the calculation mean<strong>in</strong>gful, we need a significant numberof observation po<strong>in</strong>ts or historical data. The Basle Committee requires am<strong>in</strong>imum data of one year for the market risk capital charge calculation.Sophisticated market participants usually use longer period (three to fiveyears) of historical data. Therefore, the system capacity is also an issue.THE MONTE CARLO METHODIn forecast<strong>in</strong>g the future, there are two dist<strong>in</strong>ct approaches. Models thatassume a fixed relationship between the <strong>in</strong>puts and that the <strong>in</strong>puts lead toan unambiguous result are called determ<strong>in</strong>istic. Models that depend onrandom or uncerta<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>puts which provide a distribution of probable resultsare called stochastic. This may sound a bit abstract. Mark Kritzman gavean excellent example to expla<strong>in</strong> the difference between determ<strong>in</strong>istic processand stochastic process: u a model that predicts an eclipse, for example, isdeterm<strong>in</strong>istic, because it relies on known fixed laws govern<strong>in</strong>g the motionsof the earth, the moon and the sun. You are unlikely to hear an astronomersay that there is a 30% chance of an eclipse next Wednesday. A model thatpredicts tomorrow's weather, however, is stochastic, because many uncerta<strong>in</strong>Value at Risk


elements <strong>in</strong>fluence the weather." 1 The observatory is sometimes blamed fortell<strong>in</strong>g people that there is only a slight chance of ra<strong>in</strong> but it turns outpour<strong>in</strong>g right at lunch time. The observatory may not have done a poor job.The reason is that the uncerta<strong>in</strong> elements, which the observatory cannotforecast, dom<strong>in</strong>ate the result of the forecast <strong>in</strong> this case.MONTE CARLO SIMULATION INVOLVES A STOCHASTIC PROCESSThe concept of Monte Carlo method is quite simple. For value at risk <strong>in</strong>a Monte Carlo simulation, the researcher needs to obta<strong>in</strong> a series of valuesfrom changes <strong>in</strong> market factors. These values of changes <strong>in</strong> market factorsare then added to the current market value, and thus a series of alternativevalues are derived just like the historical simulation method. However, thema<strong>in</strong> difference between these two methods lies <strong>in</strong> the way of obta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g theseries of changes <strong>in</strong> the market factors.Unlike the historical simulation method, the Monte Carlo simulation methoddoes not rely on past price movements <strong>in</strong> forecast<strong>in</strong>g future prices. Thestochastic process says that the forecast of future prices should be expressed<strong>in</strong> terms of probability distribution and unaffected <strong>by</strong> the price one weekago or one month ago. In other words, a company's share price of $241a week ago has no more mean<strong>in</strong>g than the fact that its price a week agowas $241.Although we say that the Monte Carlo process does not rely on past priceexperience to predict the future, it does require the researcher to def<strong>in</strong>ecerta<strong>in</strong> parameters based on past experience, such as volatility andcorrelations between market factors.The Monte Carlo method requires the researcher to derive a value orvalues through the use of a sequence of random paths which are selectedfrom each of the market factors' normal distribution. The condition of normaldistribution means that the width of the distribution is based on variance' Mark Kr/tzman, "About Monte Carlo Simulation", F<strong>in</strong>ancial Analysts Journal, November/December / 993.Value at Risk


of the market factor. Through this method, the simulation can be donemany times and the results of each of the simulation processes are unrelatedto each other. That is, they follow the <strong>in</strong>dependence condition.The theoretical foundation for stochastic process is that if "we sum oraverage a group of <strong>in</strong>dependent random variables, which themselves are notnormally distributed, the sum or average will be normally distributed if thegroup is sufficiently large." 2In layman's term, a researcher simulates many times through a randomprocess to obta<strong>in</strong> a series of values from changes <strong>in</strong> market factors <strong>in</strong> astochastic process. Although we use the term random, the process actuallygoes through certa<strong>in</strong> precise mathematical processes. To simplify ourdiscussion, we could th<strong>in</strong>k that the researcher simulates the behaviour ofthe current market price through a random process. In this random process,the current market price goes through many random paths <strong>in</strong>dependent ofeach other under certa<strong>in</strong> def<strong>in</strong>ed parameters. By the end, the researcherobta<strong>in</strong>s a distribution of values.How many times a researcher should repeat the simulation process or howmany paths he should use depends on how accurate he wants the outcometo be and how powerful his computer is. Researchers usually use at leastone thousand paths <strong>in</strong> a Monte Carlo simulation process.But this is just the value at risk of one <strong>in</strong>strument <strong>in</strong> the portfolio. If thereare 10,000 <strong>in</strong>struments <strong>in</strong> the portfolio, the researcher has to repeat theabove process 10,000 times. If 1,000 paths are be<strong>in</strong>g used for each <strong>in</strong>strument,the researcher has to run the simulation 10,000,000 times. Therefore, runn<strong>in</strong>ga Monte Carlo simulation for value at risk purpose is quite time-consum<strong>in</strong>gand is seldom run on a full portfolio basis. It is usually run on option related<strong>in</strong>struments and on a less frequent basis for management <strong>in</strong>formation purpose.2 Mark Kritzman, "About Monte Carlo Simulation", F<strong>in</strong>ancial Analysts Journal, November/December / 993.Value at Risk


ABOUT VALUE ATThe f<strong>in</strong>ancial world is mov<strong>in</strong>g towards a direction of <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>gly rely<strong>in</strong>g onquantitative methodology to manage risk. The value at risk method is based onsound mathematical foundation. Its result can be expla<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>by</strong> statistical theoriesand is more accurate than other traditional risk measurement methodologies.The most significant benefit of us<strong>in</strong>g value at risk to measure a portfolio'srisk exposure is that all the exposures <strong>in</strong> the portfolio can be summarised<strong>in</strong>to one s<strong>in</strong>gle mean<strong>in</strong>gful number and this number is tied directly to theP/L Value at risk expresses the risk exposure of a portfolio <strong>in</strong> terms of howfrequent a specific level of potential loss will be exceeded. Managementonly needs to review the bank's daily value at risk number to understandthe risk exposure of the portfolio.Nevertheless, there are some shortcom<strong>in</strong>gs <strong>in</strong> the various approaches ofthe implementation of value at risk. Here are some of them:1. The variance-covariance models assume portfolio values are normallydistributed, but usually they are not. Therefore, us<strong>in</strong>g standard deviationto measure potential loss would likely provide an <strong>in</strong>accurate result.2. The variance-covariance method usually applies the delta-gamma methodto calculate the value at risk for portfolios which conta<strong>in</strong> options. Deltais a l<strong>in</strong>ear measurement and is good only for a small change <strong>in</strong> the priceof the underly<strong>in</strong>g (or market factors). For large changes, delta is notaccurate. Ironically, measur<strong>in</strong>g large changes is what value at risk attemptsto do. Even <strong>with</strong> enhanced models which <strong>in</strong>corporate gamma, "s<strong>in</strong>ce thechange <strong>in</strong> slope or curvature of the option value curve is not constant fordifferent prices of the underly<strong>in</strong>g, the risk measure <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g gamma willaga<strong>in</strong> provide an <strong>in</strong>accurate measure of market risk for larger changes <strong>in</strong>the price of the underly<strong>in</strong>g" 3 Therefore, if a portfolio has a lot of options,it is more suitable to use Monte Carlo method.3 Charles Smithson, "Va/ue-at-r/s/c" Risk, February 1996.Value at Risk


3. Most value at risk models use historical correlations to measure portfoliovalue at risk and assume that historical correlations are stable. However,historical correlations are not stable among market factors and f<strong>in</strong>ancial<strong>in</strong>struments, especially dur<strong>in</strong>g stress periods.4. All value at risk models require a very large data base. To handle thecalculation, there will be a great demand on the computer system capability,especially for Monte Carlo models. Updat<strong>in</strong>g data also requires humanresources.5. The use of different data could also generate different value at riskresults. For example, Bank A uses one year of historical data and BankB uses five years of historical data. Even if they try to measure the sameportfolio, the results will be different6. Most value at risk models use a one-day hold<strong>in</strong>g period to measure theamount of value at risk because market participants expect that f<strong>in</strong>ancialmarkets are liquid enough to enable positions to be closed out <strong>in</strong> oneday. This is acceptable <strong>in</strong> normal situations. But <strong>in</strong> abnormal situations,a hold<strong>in</strong>g period of one day may be too optimistic. In other words, manyvalue at risk models may understate the amount of value at risk. TheBasle Committee requires a hold<strong>in</strong>g period of 10 days for the purposeof calculat<strong>in</strong>g market risk capital. The most convenient way for banks tocomply <strong>with</strong> the Basle requirement is to apply the rule of square rootof time - the resultant amount of value at risk times the square root of10 or 3.1623. But this also has a problem because it implies that dur<strong>in</strong>gthis 10-day hold<strong>in</strong>g period, the bank will do noth<strong>in</strong>g to manage thisportfolio of positions. In addition, multiply<strong>in</strong>g the square root of timemay be acceptable for l<strong>in</strong>ear products but it will provide a distortedresult for non-l<strong>in</strong>ear products such as options.7. Both the historical simulation method and variance-covariance methodrely heavily on historical data to forecast future prices. As we all know,the past cannot predict the future, especially under a stress situation.Value at Risk


Any risk measurement methodology is just a tool for management to bettermeasure, understand, control and manage risk exposures. It depends on howmanagement <strong>in</strong>telligently <strong>in</strong>terprets the results and puts them <strong>in</strong> proper use.Some market participants even warn that if value at risk is not used <strong>with</strong>proper stress test<strong>in</strong>g, it will certa<strong>in</strong>ly give management a false picture about the<strong>in</strong>stitution's true risk exposure because the value at risk method is moresuitable for measur<strong>in</strong>g risk exposure <strong>in</strong> normal circumstances. Also, every riskmeasurement methodology has its advantages and disadvantages and value atrisk is no exception. Therefore, value at risk should be used <strong>with</strong> othertraditional risk measurement methodologies to provide management <strong>with</strong> acomplete set of tools for measur<strong>in</strong>g risk.Value at Risk


16ANDIn Chapter 5, we talked about swaps, particularly <strong>in</strong>terest rate swaps, andtheir use <strong>in</strong> manag<strong>in</strong>g f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>stitutions' asset/liability structures and <strong>in</strong>terestrate risk. In this chapter, we will discuss some simple hedg<strong>in</strong>g strategiesus<strong>in</strong>g Hang Seng Index Futures and Options, and HIBOR Futures.Assume that you are a millionaire and <strong>in</strong>vest heavily <strong>in</strong> the Hong Kong stockmarket. You have a well-diversified portfolio (that is, your portfolio has atleast 20 stocks and these stocks represent all major market sectors <strong>in</strong> HongKong) of $10 million. Now you are skeptical about the current price leveland th<strong>in</strong>k that there will be a market correction <strong>in</strong> the near future. You cansell all your stocks and subsequently buy them back when the correctionis over. But there is a practical issue — the cost of sell<strong>in</strong>g and buy<strong>in</strong>g thestocks, even though you pay much less commissions than most of theothers because you trade shares <strong>in</strong> thousands each time. In addition, tounload a huge amount of stocks <strong>in</strong> a short period of time is also practicallydifficult. The alternative is to use the Hang Seng Index Futures and Options.THE HANG SENG INDEX (HSI)The Hang Seng Index consists of 33 blue-chip stocks. It has four sub-<strong>in</strong>dices— F<strong>in</strong>ance, Utilities, Properties, and Commerce & Industry. The <strong>in</strong>dex wasfirst published <strong>in</strong> 1969 (the base date). The <strong>in</strong>dex and sub-<strong>in</strong>dices arecalculated us<strong>in</strong>g the weighted market capitalisation method:Current Total Market Value of Constituent StocksTotal Market Value of Constituent Stocks at Base DateThis is similar to how the consumer price <strong>in</strong>dex (CPI) is calculated. But thereis one important characteristic of this <strong>in</strong>dex. Because the <strong>in</strong>dex is based on aHang Seng Index and HIBOR <strong>Derivatives</strong>


weighted average of market value, and market value is determ<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>by</strong> the priceof the stock multiplied <strong>by</strong> the number of shares outstand<strong>in</strong>g, the impact on the<strong>in</strong>dex of a price change <strong>in</strong> any given stock will depend on the size of thatcompany's market capitalisation. Share companies <strong>with</strong> higher market capitalisationhave greater impact on the <strong>in</strong>dex than those <strong>with</strong> lower market capitalisation.FUTURESBuy<strong>in</strong>g or sell<strong>in</strong>g HSI Futures contracts allows you to participate <strong>in</strong> theoverall price movement of the Hong Kong stock market, or more specifically,the 33 stocks <strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>dex.The value of each HSI Futures contract is calculated <strong>by</strong> the level of the<strong>in</strong>dex times $50. In other words, each <strong>in</strong>dex po<strong>in</strong>t is worth $50. Forexample, if the current level of the futures <strong>in</strong>dex is at 10,000, then thecontract value is $500,000.The HSI Futures are traded <strong>in</strong> the Futures Exchange of Hong Kong forfuture delivery, and are settled <strong>in</strong> cash for the difference of the contracted<strong>in</strong>dex value and the spot <strong>in</strong>dex value. Delivery months are the spot (current)month, the next calendar month, and the next two calendar quartermonths. Marg<strong>in</strong> deposits are required for all participants (both buyers andsellers).HANG SENG INDEX OPTIONSThe HSI Options are European options. Please see an example below:You want to buy an HSI put option which expires <strong>in</strong> June and has a strikeprice (or exercise price) of 10,000 <strong>in</strong>dex po<strong>in</strong>ts. If the market decl<strong>in</strong>esto 9,000 on the expiry day, you can exercise your option (you will paya small fee for that) or settle the difference <strong>in</strong> cash between the strikeprice and the official settlement price (which is the average of thequotations of the HSI taken at five-m<strong>in</strong>ute <strong>in</strong>tervals dur<strong>in</strong>g the expiry dayand is very close to the HSI), provided that the strike price (which is10,000) is higher than the current market level (or the official settlementHang Seng Index and HIBOR <strong>Derivatives</strong>


price) of 9,000. For this transaction, your profit for one contract is $50x 1,000 po<strong>in</strong>ts or $50,000 m<strong>in</strong>us the premium you paid. It makes nosense for you to exercise if the strike price is lower than the officialsettlement price because your position is out-of-the-money.In the earlier example, how are you go<strong>in</strong>g to hedge your stock portfolioif you th<strong>in</strong>k that the market will decl<strong>in</strong>e substantially <strong>in</strong> the near future?There are two different strategies: (I) sell HSI futures, and (2) buy HSI putoptions and assume that the market decl<strong>in</strong>es <strong>by</strong> 10 percent from the 10,000po<strong>in</strong>t level to the 9,000 po<strong>in</strong>t level and there is no transaction cost:Strateg I:You sell 20 HSI futures contracts of June delivery <strong>with</strong> total contract valueof $10.0 million.$50 per <strong>in</strong>dex po<strong>in</strong>t x 10,000 po<strong>in</strong>ts x 20 contracts = $10.0 millionIf the market decl<strong>in</strong>es to the 9,000 po<strong>in</strong>t level, you can buy back 20contracts of June delivery at 9,000 to close out the orig<strong>in</strong>al position, andga<strong>in</strong> $1.0 million.$50 per <strong>in</strong>dex po<strong>in</strong>t x 20 contracts x (10,000-9,000) = $1.0 millionAt the 9,000 <strong>in</strong>dex level, your stock portfolio is worth only $9.0 million.With the $1.0 million ga<strong>in</strong>, your total <strong>in</strong>vestment value rema<strong>in</strong>s at $10.0million. (You have to pay a small amount of marg<strong>in</strong> deposit. However, youwill get it back when you close out the account.)Strategy 2:Buy 20 June put option contracts at a strike price of 10,000 HSI po<strong>in</strong>ts (anat-the-money option because at the time you buy these contracts, themarket is at 10,000). Assume that the premium is 300 po<strong>in</strong>ts.If the market decl<strong>in</strong>es <strong>by</strong> 10 percent to the 9,000 po<strong>in</strong>t level, the value ofyour stock portfolio decl<strong>in</strong>es to $9.0 million. However, the put optioncontracts you bought br<strong>in</strong>g you a profit of $700,000.Hang Seng Index and HIBOR <strong>Derivatives</strong>


$50 per po<strong>in</strong>t x 20 contracts x (10,000 - 9,000) - $50 x 20 x 300 premium po<strong>in</strong>ts= $700,000.As shown above,because of the option premium, you only partiallyrecover (or hedge) the loss <strong>by</strong> us<strong>in</strong>g options. That is why you often hearfrom f<strong>in</strong>ancial treasurers that us<strong>in</strong>g options to hedge is very expensive. Thema<strong>in</strong> advantage of us<strong>in</strong>g options <strong>in</strong> this situation is allow<strong>in</strong>g you to benefitfrom the upside potential. If your expectation is wrong and the <strong>in</strong>dexsurges, you will ga<strong>in</strong> from your stocks while your loss is the option fee of$300,000 you have paid.HiBOR FUTURESBanks and corporate treasurers may face another challenge — manag<strong>in</strong>g thecompany's <strong>in</strong>terest rate risk. We have talked about us<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>terest rate swapsto alter a company's asset/liability structure and manage its <strong>in</strong>terest rate risk.Another commonly used method to hedge aga<strong>in</strong>st <strong>in</strong>terest rate risk is theuse of futures. In Hong Kong, the 3-month Hong Kong Interbank OfferedRate (HIBOR) Futures <strong>in</strong>troduced <strong>by</strong> the Hong Kong Futures Exchange <strong>in</strong>1990 provide banks, corporate treasurers and <strong>in</strong>vestors <strong>with</strong> an importantvehicle for hedg<strong>in</strong>g and speculat<strong>in</strong>g on <strong>in</strong>terest rates.All futures exchanges operate <strong>by</strong> provid<strong>in</strong>g a standardised contract basis fortrad<strong>in</strong>g commodities and f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>struments for future delivery on marg<strong>in</strong>deposits. The HIBOR Futures are no exception. The contract size isHK$I.O million <strong>with</strong> future delivery <strong>in</strong> the months of March, June, September,December for up to two years. Each basis po<strong>in</strong>t (the tick size) is worth $25,and the contracts are settled <strong>in</strong> cash. The exchange delivery settlementprice (EDSP) is used to determ<strong>in</strong>e the settlement price. The EDSP isderived from quotations for 3-month <strong>in</strong>terbank offered rates randomlyselected from 12 participat<strong>in</strong>g banks. The highest and the lowest two arediscarded and the rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g eight averaged to an arithmetic mean.HIBOR Futures are quoted at 100 m<strong>in</strong>us the implied futures rate.example, assum<strong>in</strong>g that the HIBOR rates are at 6.0 percent (the spot rate)ForHang Seng Index and HIBOR <strong>Derivatives</strong>


and the June 3-month futures rate is at 6.25 percent (recall the pric<strong>in</strong>grelation between spot and futures rates), the June 3-month HIBOR Futuresprice should be quoted at 93.75 (100 - 6.25).Assume that you are a corporate treasurer and plan to borrow $100.0million <strong>in</strong> June for three months, and you th<strong>in</strong>k that the rates will move up<strong>in</strong> the near future, <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g your borrow<strong>in</strong>g cost. You can hedge thispotential <strong>in</strong>terest rate risk exposure us<strong>in</strong>g HIBOR futures:You sell 100 HIBOR Futures at the current price of 93.75.If your prediction is right and 3-month HIBOR moves up to 7.25 percent<strong>in</strong> June and the EDSP for the June contract is 92.75 (100 - 7.25), youcan close out your short sale position <strong>by</strong> buy<strong>in</strong>g 100 futures contractsat 92.75 and have a ga<strong>in</strong> of $250,000: (93.75 - 92.75) x 100 (basis po<strong>in</strong>ts)x $25 per basis po<strong>in</strong>t x 100 contracts = $250,000.This ga<strong>in</strong> of $250,000 will be offset <strong>by</strong> the <strong>in</strong>crease <strong>in</strong> borrow<strong>in</strong>g cost ofone percent for three months.Although HIBOR Futures can be used as a hedg<strong>in</strong>g vehicle, they are trad<strong>in</strong>gvery <strong>in</strong>actively. Similar to HSI Futures, HIBOR Futures participants arerequired to put up marg<strong>in</strong>s — both <strong>in</strong>itial marg<strong>in</strong> and ma<strong>in</strong>tenance marg<strong>in</strong>.Marg<strong>in</strong> requirements for HIBOR participants are usually m<strong>in</strong>imal and arereturned on the close-out.In addition to HSI Futures, HSI Options and HIBOR Futures, there are alsowarrants, s<strong>in</strong>gle stock options and futures traded <strong>in</strong> Hong Kong. However,they are more company specific and are less useful for hedg<strong>in</strong>g a portfolio.Hang Seng Index and HIBOR <strong>Derivatives</strong>


17IN<strong>in</strong> the previous chapters, we have talked about the nature and applicationsof f<strong>in</strong>ancial derivatives. It should now be clear to everyone that derivative<strong>in</strong>struments are not associated <strong>with</strong> new risks. In this chapter, we willdiscuss how risks should be managed <strong>in</strong> banks.HOW DERIVATIVES CAN HELP IN MANAGING RISK<strong>Derivatives</strong> actually help transform the risk nature from one to another. Go<strong>in</strong>gback to the Hang Seng Index (HSI) example <strong>in</strong> Chapter 16, the <strong>in</strong>itial exposureis the stock portfolio you own. The choice of whether to use HSI Futures orHSI options depends on which risk profile you prefer. The former elim<strong>in</strong>atesmost of your risk as well as the upside potential while the more expensiveoption gives you both the downside protection and the upside potential.See<strong>in</strong>g the positive side of the co<strong>in</strong>, we should not forget the negative sideas illustrated <strong>by</strong> the case of the $50 million loan hedge cited <strong>in</strong> Chapter 13.Indeed, improper use of derivatives may accentuate the <strong>in</strong>terest rate risk orforeign exchange risk exposures of banks. Though undeserv<strong>in</strong>gly so, theword "derivatives" often appears <strong>in</strong> headl<strong>in</strong>es associated <strong>with</strong> mismanagementand f<strong>in</strong>ancial loss. Therefore, f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>stitutions are tak<strong>in</strong>g a closer lookat the possible impact of reputation risk.REGULATORS' VIEWPOINT ON RISK MANAGEMENTWhat is the role of the regulatory bodies? Our stance is to ensure thatbanks understand the underly<strong>in</strong>g nature of derivatives and use themappropriately. The bank<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>dustry, just like every other bus<strong>in</strong>esses, <strong>in</strong>evitably' This chapter was written <strong>by</strong> Mr Henry Cheng and Mr Adrian Pang.Manag<strong>in</strong>g Risks <strong>in</strong> Banks


needs to take the necessary bus<strong>in</strong>ess risk. What is important to a bank isits ability to manage the risk and to measure risk and profit properly.Derivative <strong>in</strong> itself is only a tool either to manage risk or enhance earn<strong>in</strong>gs.Similar to home appliances, there should not be any problem to keep thefridge and washer at home so long as the former is used to keep the foodand the latter is used to wash the clothes — and not vice versa. Even forsimple tools like these, you are advised to test the mach<strong>in</strong>es, check thevoltage sett<strong>in</strong>gs, fill out the warranty certificates, read the user manuals andask your children not to play <strong>with</strong> them improperly.What the regulators would do is to understand how banks <strong>in</strong> Hong Kongare us<strong>in</strong>g derivatives to manage their risks and to ensure that they are us<strong>in</strong>gthe tools properly. In order for us to achieve the goal, the HKMA issuedthe guidel<strong>in</strong>e 12.2 <strong>in</strong> 1996 to all authorised <strong>in</strong>stitutions <strong>in</strong> Hong Kong,which is repr<strong>in</strong>ted <strong>in</strong> the Appendix of this book. This guidel<strong>in</strong>e serves toestablish a risk management framework. The framework helps set a m<strong>in</strong>imumstandard — we would like to stress the words "m<strong>in</strong>imum standard" — forus to evaluate the adequacy and quality of the risk management system <strong>in</strong>place. The document addresses four ma<strong>in</strong> areas.First and foremost, the Board of Directors and senior management mustfully understand the nature and risks <strong>in</strong>volved <strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>stitution's activities.It is their duty to establish risk management framework to identify, measure,control and report such risks.The next focus would be to look <strong>in</strong>to the actual market risk and credit riskmanagement system <strong>in</strong> place. To evaluate the quality <strong>in</strong> these two areas, thelevel of risk, complexity and volume of derivative activities would always betaken <strong>in</strong>to account. By this, it means that the risk management system ofa bank which is an active dealer <strong>in</strong> derivatives should be much moresophisticated than what one would expect from a bank which only usesderivatives for the purpose of asset/liability management.Manag<strong>in</strong>g Risks <strong>in</strong> Banks


Operational risk management is another area of concern - a vital area <strong>in</strong>fact In the past, cases of colossal f<strong>in</strong>ancial loss were reported, and themedia liked to attribute these losses to the trad<strong>in</strong>g of derivatives. In substance,the true villa<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong> many of the cases was <strong>in</strong>adequate <strong>in</strong>ternal controls, lackof segregation of duties, improper procedures, human error, system failureor fraud.THE IMPORTANCE OF SENIOR MANAGEMENT'S INVOLVEMENTWhilst the management of market risk, credit risk and operational risk havebeen widely discussed <strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>dustry, we would discuss more about seniormanagement oversight <strong>in</strong> the follow<strong>in</strong>g section.Earn<strong>in</strong>gs, earn<strong>in</strong>gs per share to be more exact, is very important to a bank.Thus, it is not surpris<strong>in</strong>g that when senior management receive themanagement reports, the first th<strong>in</strong>g, if not the only th<strong>in</strong>g, they look at arethe profit and loss figures.However, there are at least two more basic issues which the senior executivesshould pay attention to. Is the profit generated from activities whichthey and the shareholders approve? Is the profit a real and normal one?These two seem<strong>in</strong>gly easy questions are, <strong>in</strong> reality, great challenges to thesenior executives - especially when it comes to derivative activities.The first rule to successful risk management is for the Board of Directorsand senior management to realise that it is their duty to fully understand thenature and risks <strong>in</strong>volved <strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>stitution's activities, and to establish a riskmanagement framework to identify, measure, control and report such risks.In the previous chapters, we have only talked about market risk and creditrisk. However, real life is much more complicated and management needto oversee other types of risk which are difficult to quantify. Examples areregulatory risk, legal risk, liquidity risk, reputation risk and operational risk.The establishment of a set of comprehensively written policies and proceduresis always the start<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t for high quality senior management oversight. InManag<strong>in</strong>g Risks <strong>in</strong> Banks(Eft!


ief, the policies and procedures should lay out the scope of bus<strong>in</strong>essactivities, the organisation structure show<strong>in</strong>g clear report<strong>in</strong>g l<strong>in</strong>e, authorityand responsibility for each bus<strong>in</strong>ess activity <strong>in</strong>dicat<strong>in</strong>g the segregation ofduties, the framework of risk management system demonstrat<strong>in</strong>g the riskidentification process, risk measurement methodology and the risk report<strong>in</strong>gmechanism.Our experience is that most banks have some k<strong>in</strong>d of policies and procedures,but many of them are either too brief or not updated. For some banks,their policies and procedures have rema<strong>in</strong>ed unchanged for years eventhough the banks may have gone through several organisational changes.And <strong>in</strong> some cases, the policy is so brief that the operational staff do nothave a clear idea about how the policy should be properly implemented.Policies and procedures are like the rules of the volleyball game. Everyone<strong>in</strong>volved <strong>in</strong> the game, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g the referees, should know all but "not some"of the rules. Therefore, policies and procedures should be written asclearly as possible and all the staff <strong>in</strong>volved should be asked to read andunderstand the rules. However, unlike volleyball game, the game ofderivatives changes rapidly and it is important to constantly review the rulesto make sure that they are still applicable.The next issue is the establishment of a risk management system.This is notthe duty of the risk manager but the senior management. The Board ofDirectors and senior management are the ones responsible for allocat<strong>in</strong>gthe resources. If the senior management decide to engage <strong>in</strong> derivativeactivities, they should first th<strong>in</strong>k about the resources needed to establish agood risk management system. These are the necessary steps for conduct<strong>in</strong>gderivatives bus<strong>in</strong>ess, similar to rent<strong>in</strong>g an office and furniture, hir<strong>in</strong>g a branchmanager and operat<strong>in</strong>g staff before open<strong>in</strong>g a branch. What we wish topo<strong>in</strong>t out here is resource commitment. We have seen some banks whichhurried <strong>in</strong>to the derivatives market, yet the senior management were reluctantto set up the necessary <strong>in</strong>frastructure, like the <strong>in</strong>stallation of appropriaterisk management system and the recruit<strong>in</strong>g of experienced back office andmiddle office staff.j|j||3Manag<strong>in</strong>g Risks <strong>in</strong> Banks


Another po<strong>in</strong>t to ponder on is the effectiveness of the risk managementsystem. A good risk management system should accurately identify, measureand report all the risks <strong>in</strong>volved. The system should also be able to giveearly warn<strong>in</strong>g signals. This issue is a rather technical one and may have tobe designed differently for different products. In most cases, stress test<strong>in</strong>gand scenario analysis have to be conducted <strong>in</strong> addition to a carefully set risklimit structure. Questions like "what is the impact on my profit and lossaccount and cash flows if the stock market crashes like the one <strong>in</strong> 1987?"and "what will happen to my profit and loss account and cash flows if theliquidity of the swap market suddenly dries up?" should always come to them<strong>in</strong>ds of the senior management.Some market participants argue that it is almost impossible to design aperfect early warn<strong>in</strong>g system. In response to such argument, Dom<strong>in</strong>icCasserley wrote <strong>in</strong> his book - Fac<strong>in</strong>g Up to the Risks, "no one warn<strong>in</strong>gsystem works for all risks, but those <strong>with</strong>out any warn<strong>in</strong>g system will be thelast <strong>in</strong> a market to spot trouble before it arrives, and may go on <strong>in</strong>vest<strong>in</strong>gafter it is clearly time to stop."Internal audit is another area we often emphasised, the importance of whicharises from the need to assess the soundness and adequacy of the riskmanagement system. For more sophisticated market participants, the pric<strong>in</strong>gand revaluation models should also be <strong>in</strong>dependently validated. Internalaudit should also test the compliance <strong>with</strong> the authorised <strong>in</strong>stitution's policiesand procedures.Audit is one of the effective warn<strong>in</strong>g systems which the senior managementshould really listen to. However, sometimes the senior management simplyassume everyth<strong>in</strong>g would be followed up and rectified - until maybe a yearlater when they read the next audit report and see the same f<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>gs underthe section "follow up of last audit f<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>gs".F<strong>in</strong>ally, we would like to discuss the new products approval policy. This isan area to which senior management probably have not paid enough attention.Manag<strong>in</strong>g Risks <strong>in</strong> Banks


The derivatives <strong>in</strong>dustry can be compared to any other <strong>in</strong>dustry, themanufactur<strong>in</strong>g of cars for <strong>in</strong>stance. A manufacturer who has been mak<strong>in</strong>gsedans wants to go <strong>in</strong>to the market of sports cars. What does he need toth<strong>in</strong>k about? The answer would be a long list - to conduct market analysis,<strong>in</strong>stall new production l<strong>in</strong>e (or modify the exist<strong>in</strong>g one), source newcomponents, plan for the production volume and <strong>in</strong>ventory level and formulatethe pric<strong>in</strong>g strategies.Bus<strong>in</strong>ess plann<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the derivatives market is no different. If a bank usedto trade <strong>in</strong> the G-7 foreign exchange market and the treasurer suggests thatthe bank should go for the trad<strong>in</strong>g of Asian currencies, what do the seniormanagement need to th<strong>in</strong>k about? The list should be as long as that of thecar manufacturer. What are the risks associated <strong>with</strong> trad<strong>in</strong>g Asian currencies- market risk, credit risk or liquidity risk? What is the <strong>in</strong>cremental risk toour exist<strong>in</strong>g activities? Do we need to have different operational procedures?Shall we improve the limit structure and report<strong>in</strong>g system to address, say,the liquidity risk? What are the regulatory, legal and tax implications? Dowe have the expertise <strong>in</strong> the Asian markets?Without a comprehensive policy on new products approval, a bank maystart trad<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the Asian currencies <strong>with</strong>out careful plann<strong>in</strong>g, because "thenature is similar to the G-7 currencies" accord<strong>in</strong>g to some bankers. However,the consequences may be quite different.CONCLUDING REHARKSTo conclude, we have seen <strong>in</strong> this book a variety of derivative products andtheir uses. This book is not for market experts and there are many complexderivative products that we have not covered. However, we hope you havegrasped the concepts of basic build<strong>in</strong>g blocks such as options, futures andforwards. Once you have a good understand<strong>in</strong>g of the fundamentals, it is notvery difficult to analyse more complex products.<strong>Derivatives</strong> are not monsters. They are just tools to transfer risks from oneformat to another. In fact, they can be very useful tools for asset/liabilityManag<strong>in</strong>g Risks <strong>in</strong> Banks


management <strong>in</strong> banks if properly used. However, enter<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to derivativetransactions <strong>with</strong>out understand<strong>in</strong>g their natures could be fatal. Therefore,bankers and treasurers need to understand the <strong>in</strong>herent risks of the product,establish trad<strong>in</strong>g limits and review the risk exposures regularly. The Appendix<strong>in</strong>cludes the m<strong>in</strong>imum requirements that the HKMA expects banks to havewhen conduct<strong>in</strong>g derivatives bus<strong>in</strong>ess.After read<strong>in</strong>g this book, we hope you will have a better understand<strong>in</strong>g ofderivatives and risk management. As the derivatives market is evolv<strong>in</strong>grapidly and new products are developed from time to time, cont<strong>in</strong>u<strong>in</strong>gread<strong>in</strong>g about the subject is essential to keep abreast of the marketdevelopments.Manag<strong>in</strong>g Risks <strong>in</strong> Banks


ANDONOFINTRODUCTION1. The Monetary Authority (MA) issued <strong>in</strong> December 1994 a guidel<strong>in</strong>e on"Risk Management of F<strong>in</strong>ancial Derivative Activities" to set out the basicpr<strong>in</strong>ciples of a prudent system to control the risks <strong>in</strong> derivatives activities.These <strong>in</strong>clude:a) appropriate oversight <strong>by</strong> the board of directors and seniormanagement;b) adequate risk management process that <strong>in</strong>tegrates prudent risk limits,sound measurement procedures and <strong>in</strong>formation systems, cont<strong>in</strong>uousrisk monitor<strong>in</strong>g and frequent management report<strong>in</strong>g; andc) comprehensive <strong>in</strong>ternal controls and audit procedures.2. This Guidel<strong>in</strong>e supplements the December 1994 Guidel<strong>in</strong>e <strong>by</strong> provid<strong>in</strong>gadditional guidance relat<strong>in</strong>g to specific aspects of the risk managementprocess. It has taken account of observations from, and weaknessesidentified <strong>in</strong>, the surveys and treasury visits conducted <strong>by</strong> the MA s<strong>in</strong>ceDecember 1994; the f<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>gs of the review of <strong>in</strong>ternal control systems<strong>in</strong> respect of trad<strong>in</strong>g activities carried out <strong>by</strong> authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutions <strong>in</strong>March 1995 <strong>in</strong> response to the MA's request follow<strong>in</strong>g the collapse ofBar<strong>in</strong>gs; the recommendations of the Group of Thirty and the lessonslearned from the cases of Bar<strong>in</strong>gs and Daiwa Bank hav<strong>in</strong>g regard <strong>in</strong>particular to the official reports on the Bar<strong>in</strong>gs collapse issued <strong>in</strong> the UKand S<strong>in</strong>gapore. While this Guidel<strong>in</strong>e is relevant to the trad<strong>in</strong>g of f<strong>in</strong>ancial<strong>in</strong>struments <strong>in</strong> general, it concentrates particularly on the trad<strong>in</strong>g ofderivatives. This reflects the rapid growth <strong>in</strong> these <strong>in</strong>struments, theGuidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


opportunities for <strong>in</strong>creased leverage which they offer and the complexityof some derivatives products which may complicate the task of riskmanagement. The present guidel<strong>in</strong>e should be read <strong>in</strong> conjunction <strong>with</strong>the December 1994 Guidel<strong>in</strong>e.3. It should be emphasized right at the outset that the problems of Bar<strong>in</strong>gs andDaiwa Bank arose to a large extent from a failure of basic <strong>in</strong>ternal controls,such as lack of segregation of duties. The valuation and measurementchallenges posed <strong>by</strong> complex derivatives products should not distract<strong>in</strong>stitutions from the need to ensure that the basic controls are <strong>in</strong> place.4. This Guidel<strong>in</strong>e applies to all authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutions and to the subsidiariesof all locally <strong>in</strong>corporated authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutions which engage <strong>in</strong> trad<strong>in</strong>gactivities. Trad<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> this context <strong>in</strong>cludes market-mak<strong>in</strong>g, position-tak<strong>in</strong>g,arbitrage and trad<strong>in</strong>g on behalf of customers. Broadly speak<strong>in</strong>g, <strong>in</strong>stitutionswhich trade <strong>in</strong> derivatives can be classified <strong>in</strong>to two ma<strong>in</strong> categories:dealers and end-users. Dealers market derivatives products to customersand usually also trade for their own account. This group can be furthersubdivided <strong>in</strong>to dealers who provide quotes to other market professionals(as well as to customers) and other dealers who provide quotes onlyto customers or are less active. End-users trade only for their ownaccount.They are divided <strong>in</strong>to active position-takers who trade frequentlyfor their own account and take large positions, and limited end-users whoare characterised <strong>by</strong> smaller portfolios, less complex products, and lowertransaction volume. The actual risk management processes that shouldbe put <strong>in</strong> place should be commensurate <strong>with</strong> the nature, size andcomplexity of <strong>in</strong>dividual <strong>in</strong>stitutions' trad<strong>in</strong>g activities. An <strong>in</strong>stitutionwhich is an active dealer or position-taker will require a more elaboratesystem of risk management. The MA will, dur<strong>in</strong>g the course of itssupervision of <strong>in</strong>stitutions' derivatives activities, classify <strong>in</strong>stitutions <strong>in</strong>tothe categories mentioned above (i.e. active dealers, dealers, active positiontakersand limited end-users) and will communicate this classification tothe <strong>in</strong>stitutions concerned. It will assess the adequacy of <strong>in</strong>stitutions'risk management systems aga<strong>in</strong>st this classification.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


MANAGEMENT AND CORPORATE5. As the Bar<strong>in</strong>gs case illustrated, the overall quality of risk management<strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> an authorized <strong>in</strong>stitution cannot be divorced from the overallquality of its board and senior management, organizational structure andculture. It is particularly vital <strong>with</strong> potentially complex products such asderivatives that the board and senior management should understand thenature of the bus<strong>in</strong>ess which they are supposed to be controll<strong>in</strong>g. This<strong>in</strong>cludes an understand<strong>in</strong>g of the nature of the relationship between riskand reward, <strong>in</strong> particular an appreciation that it is <strong>in</strong>herently implausiblethat an apparently low risk bus<strong>in</strong>ess can generate high rewards. As <strong>in</strong> thecase of Bar<strong>in</strong>gs, unusually high reported profitability may be a sign thatexcessive risks are be<strong>in</strong>g taken (or that there may be false account<strong>in</strong>g).6. The board and senior management also need to demonstrate throughtheir actions and behaviour that they have a strong commitment to aneffective control environment throughout the organization. This will beshown <strong>in</strong> part <strong>by</strong> the risk management policies which they approve (seeparagraphs 12 to 15 below). However, it is important to ensure thatthese policies do not simply exist on paper, but are also applied <strong>in</strong>practice. This will depend on such factors as the managerial andoperational resources which are actually devoted to risk management<strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>stitution, the support and back-up which are given to <strong>in</strong>ternalaudit and to the risk control unit (if it exists) and the action which istaken to deal <strong>with</strong> breaches of policies, procedures and limits. These areareas which are subject to exam<strong>in</strong>ation <strong>by</strong> the MA.7. The board and senior management should avoid giv<strong>in</strong>g conflict<strong>in</strong>g signalsto employees <strong>by</strong> appear<strong>in</strong>g to advocate prudent risk management whileat the same time award<strong>in</strong>g large bonuses which are directly l<strong>in</strong>ked toshort-term trad<strong>in</strong>g performance. This may encourage excessive risktak<strong>in</strong>gand at worse, deliberate falsification of positions and concealmentof losses. In general, steady earn<strong>in</strong>gs from low risk positions are ofhigher quality than volatile earn<strong>in</strong>gs from high risk positions and shouldbe awarded accord<strong>in</strong>gly. Where bonuses are paid, management shouldGuidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


consider how the possible adverse effects can be m<strong>in</strong>imized, e.g. <strong>by</strong>relat<strong>in</strong>g bonuses to longer-term trad<strong>in</strong>g performance or risk adjustedperformance, or <strong>by</strong> pay<strong>in</strong>g the bonuses over a period of time.8. It is also the duty of the board and senior management to ensure thatthe organization of the <strong>in</strong>stitution is conducive to manag<strong>in</strong>g risk. It isnecessary to ensure that clear l<strong>in</strong>es of responsibility and accountabilityare established for all bus<strong>in</strong>ess activities, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g those which areconducted <strong>in</strong> separate subsidiaries.9. A number of banks have adopted a system of "matrix management"where<strong>by</strong> their various bus<strong>in</strong>ess operations around the world report toproduct managers or function managers who have responsibility forproducts or particular bus<strong>in</strong>ess activities on a global or regional basis.This is comb<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>with</strong> report<strong>in</strong>g to local country managers who shouldhave an overview of the bus<strong>in</strong>ess as a whole <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> their particulargeographical areas. Such a system was operated <strong>by</strong> Bar<strong>in</strong>gs.10. The matrix system can be helpful <strong>in</strong> ensur<strong>in</strong>g that the risks aris<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> thesame product around the world are aggregated and centrally managed,thus mak<strong>in</strong>g it easier to apply common standards and to manage therisks. However, if applied <strong>in</strong>appropriately, it can suffer from two ma<strong>in</strong>flaws, both of which were evident <strong>in</strong> the case of Bar<strong>in</strong>gs:a) it can result <strong>in</strong> confused report<strong>in</strong>g l<strong>in</strong>es and blurred responsibilitieswhere the local operation is report<strong>in</strong>g to a number of differentproduct managers. This may lead to lack of responsibility and controlat the senior management level for the operation <strong>in</strong> question; andb) the local country manager may be either unwill<strong>in</strong>g or unable (e.g.because of lack of a clear mandate) to exercise supervision over thebus<strong>in</strong>ess activities conducted <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> his jurisdiction.11. Experience has shown that it is difficult to control a trad<strong>in</strong>g operation froma distance. The central risk control function at the head office shouldGuidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


ensure that there is sufficient awareness of the risks and the size of exposureof the trad<strong>in</strong>g activities conducted <strong>in</strong> overseas operations.The local countrymanager also needs to have sufficient understand<strong>in</strong>g of the bus<strong>in</strong>ess <strong>in</strong> histerritory and the formal authority to ensure that proper standards ofcontrol are applied (<strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g segregation of duties between the front andback offices). This is also necessary so that he can communicate effectively<strong>with</strong> the local regulators. In the case of Hong Kong, the chief executive ofthe local branch of a foreign bank is fully accountable to the MA for theconduct of all the bus<strong>in</strong>ess conducted <strong>by</strong> the branch <strong>in</strong> Hong Kong, evenif he is not functionally responsible for certa<strong>in</strong> parts of the bus<strong>in</strong>ess.BOARD AND SENIOR HANAGEMENT OVERSIGHT12. Consistent <strong>with</strong> its general responsibility for corporate governance, theboard should approve written policies which def<strong>in</strong>e the overall framework<strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> which derivatives activities should be conducted and the riskscontrolled. The MA's observations over the last year are that acomprehensive set of such policies have been lack<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> some <strong>in</strong>stitutions.This should be rectified if it has not already been done.13. The policy framework for derivatives approved <strong>by</strong> the board may begeneral <strong>in</strong> nature (<strong>with</strong> the detail to be filled <strong>in</strong> <strong>by</strong> senior management).But the framework should, among other th<strong>in</strong>gs:a) establish the <strong>in</strong>stitution's overall appetite for tak<strong>in</strong>g risk and ensurethat it is consistent <strong>with</strong> its strategic objectives, capital strength andmanagement capability. (Appetite for risk can be expressed <strong>in</strong> termsof the amount of earn<strong>in</strong>gs or capital which the <strong>in</strong>stitution is preparedto put at risk, and the degree of fluctuation <strong>in</strong> earn<strong>in</strong>gs, e.g. fromposition-tak<strong>in</strong>g, which it is will<strong>in</strong>g to accept);b) towards this end, def<strong>in</strong>e the approved derivatives products and theauthorized derivatives activities, e.g. market-mak<strong>in</strong>g, position-tak<strong>in</strong>g,arbitrage, hedg<strong>in</strong>g. (The nature of such exposure should be carefullydef<strong>in</strong>ed to ensure, for example, that activities described as arbitragedo not <strong>in</strong> practice <strong>in</strong>volve the tak<strong>in</strong>g of outright positions);Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


c) detail requirements for the evaluation and approval of new productsor activities. (This requires the board to approve the def<strong>in</strong>ition ofwhat is meant <strong>by</strong> a "new" product, e.g. a change <strong>in</strong> the underly<strong>in</strong>g<strong>in</strong>strument and hence <strong>in</strong> the risk, or a change <strong>in</strong> the capacity <strong>in</strong>which the <strong>in</strong>stitution trades the product, e.g. as dealer or end-user);d) provide for sufficient staff resources and other resources to enablethe approved derivatives activities to be conducted <strong>in</strong> a prudentmanner;e) ensure appropriate structure and staff<strong>in</strong>g for the key risk controlfunctions, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>ternal audit;f) establish management responsibilities;g) identify the various types of risk faced <strong>by</strong> the <strong>in</strong>stitution and establisha clear and comprehensive set of limits to control these;h) establish risk measurement methodologies which are consistent <strong>with</strong>the nature and scale of the derivatives activities;i) require stress test<strong>in</strong>g of positions; andj) detail the type and frequency of reports which are to be made tothe board (or committees of the board).14. The type of reports to be received <strong>by</strong> the board should <strong>in</strong>clude thosewhich <strong>in</strong>dicate the levels of risk be<strong>in</strong>g undertaken <strong>by</strong> the <strong>in</strong>stitution, thedegree of compliance <strong>with</strong> policies, procedures and limits, and the f<strong>in</strong>ancialperformance of the various derivatives and trad<strong>in</strong>g activities. Internaland external audit reports should be reviewed <strong>by</strong> a board level AuditCommittee and significant issues of concern should be drawn to theattention of the board. More detailed <strong>in</strong>formation should be suppliedto senior management, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g that which splits risk exposure, positionsand profitability <strong>by</strong> regions, bus<strong>in</strong>ess units and products and which analysesexposure to the various market variables (<strong>in</strong>terest rates, exchange ratesetc.).Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


15. Branches of foreign banks which trade <strong>in</strong> derivatives <strong>in</strong> Hong Kongshould operate <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> policies and procedures which are approved <strong>by</strong>head office and which are consistent <strong>with</strong> those approved <strong>by</strong> the boardfor the bank as a whole. Regular reports on risk exposure, positionsand profitability should be submitted to head office.THE IDENTIFICATION OF16. Institutions should identify the various types of risk to which they areexposed <strong>in</strong> their derivatives activities. As set out <strong>in</strong> the December 1994Guidel<strong>in</strong>e, the ma<strong>in</strong> types of risk are:• credit risk• market risk• liquidity risk• operational risk• legal riskDef<strong>in</strong>itions of these are set out <strong>in</strong> Annex A.17. Operational risk, <strong>in</strong>volv<strong>in</strong>g the risk of loss from <strong>in</strong>adequate systems ofcontrol, was a key feature of the Bar<strong>in</strong>gs and Daiwa Bank cases. TheDaiwa Bank case also demonstrated how an <strong>in</strong>itial loss aris<strong>in</strong>g fromfailure of controls can be compounded <strong>by</strong> regulatory r/sk, i.e. the risk ofloss aris<strong>in</strong>g from failure to comply <strong>with</strong> regulatory or legal requirements,and reputation risk, i.e. the risk of loss aris<strong>in</strong>g from adverse public op<strong>in</strong>ionand damage to reputation. In this context, <strong>in</strong>stitution should promptly<strong>in</strong>form the MA of any fraud or trad<strong>in</strong>g malpractices <strong>by</strong> staff, particularlythose which could result <strong>in</strong> f<strong>in</strong>ancial or reputational loss <strong>by</strong> the <strong>in</strong>stitutionconcerned.Reputation risk and appraisal of counterparties18. The complexity of some derivatives products and the amount of leverage<strong>in</strong>volved (which <strong>in</strong>creases the potential for loss as well as profit) mayexpose authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutions to an additional element of reputationGuidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


isk if counterparties who have lost money on derivatives contractscompla<strong>in</strong> publicly that they were misled about the risks or take legalaction. The authorized <strong>in</strong>stitution may also be exposed to credit risk ifthe counterparty fails to meet his f<strong>in</strong>ancial obligations under the contract.This risk can arise <strong>in</strong> respect of both corporate and personal customers(particularly <strong>in</strong> the private bank<strong>in</strong>g area). The MA has come across anumber of the latter cases <strong>in</strong> 1995.19. For the <strong>in</strong>stitution's own protection, the board should approve clearwritten policies to address the issues of selection and appraisal ofcounterparties, risk disclosure and handl<strong>in</strong>g of disputes and compla<strong>in</strong>ts.Such policies and procedures were lack<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> a number of authorized<strong>in</strong>stitutions whose controls were reviewed <strong>in</strong> 1995. The objective ofsuch policies and procedures is prudential <strong>in</strong> nature : to protect anauthorized <strong>in</strong>stitution aga<strong>in</strong>st the credit, reputation and litigation risks thatmay arise from a counterparty's <strong>in</strong>adequate understand<strong>in</strong>g of the natureand risks of the derivatives transaction. Such counterparties may notfully understand their obligations under the derivatives contracts andtherefore may be unable to anticipate and plan for the risks these obligationsentail. This gives rise to a higher than normal risk of default and agreater potential for litigation and damage to the authorized <strong>in</strong>stitution'sreputation. As <strong>in</strong> the case of an ord<strong>in</strong>ary credit facility, the MA expectsthat, as part of its credit analysis, an authorized <strong>in</strong>stitution will :a) analyze the expected impact of the proposed derivatives transactionon the counterparty;b) identify whether the proposed transaction is consistent <strong>with</strong> thecounterparty's policies and procedures <strong>with</strong> respect to derivativestransactions, as they are known to the <strong>in</strong>stitution; andc) ensure that the terms of the contract are clear and assess whetherthe counterparty is capable of understand<strong>in</strong>g the terms of the contractand of fulfill<strong>in</strong>g its obligations under the contract.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


20. Where the <strong>in</strong>stitution considers that a proposed derivatives transactionis <strong>in</strong>appropriate for a counterparty, it should <strong>in</strong>form the counterparty ofits op<strong>in</strong>ion. If the counterparty nonetheless wishes to proceed, the<strong>in</strong>stitution should document its analysis and its discussions <strong>with</strong> thecounterparty <strong>in</strong> its files to lessen the chances of litigation <strong>in</strong> case thetransaction proves unprofitable to the counterparty. If the <strong>in</strong>stitutionconsiders that the counterparty may be f<strong>in</strong>ancially <strong>in</strong>capable of meet<strong>in</strong>gits obligations, or that undue reputation risk may arise from adversepublicity if the counterparty loses money, the <strong>in</strong>stitution should considervery carefully whether it should enter <strong>in</strong>to the transaction at all.Institutions should exercise extra care <strong>in</strong> respect of complicatedderivatives transactions <strong>in</strong> view of the additional credit, reputation andlitigation risks to which they may give rise.21. It is important that the <strong>in</strong>stitution understands clearly the nature of itsrelationship <strong>with</strong> the counterparty and the obligations which may flowfrom that The issue of whether the transaction is an appropriate onefor the counterparty to undertake does not generally arise <strong>in</strong> respectof transactions where the <strong>in</strong>stitution acts on the <strong>in</strong>structions of theclient <strong>in</strong> the capacity of broker or agent. For transactions which the<strong>in</strong>stitution entered <strong>in</strong>to on a pr<strong>in</strong>cipal-to-pr<strong>in</strong>cipal basis, it is recognizedthat the transaction is essentially on an arm's length basis and thatcounterparties are ultimately responsible for the transactions they chooseto make. However, as noted <strong>in</strong> paragraph 19 above, the MA considersthat <strong>in</strong>ternal policies and procedures are still required to guard aga<strong>in</strong>stthe credit risk that may arise from the counterparty's <strong>in</strong>adequateunderstand<strong>in</strong>g of the nature and risks of the transaction and to protectthe <strong>in</strong>stitution aga<strong>in</strong>st compla<strong>in</strong>ts or litigation on the ground ofmisrepresentation <strong>in</strong> respect of any <strong>in</strong>formation which it chooses toprovide to the counterparty. For transactions where an <strong>in</strong>stitution hasagreed to assume the role of an advisor, the <strong>in</strong>stitution needs to beaware that it owes the client a duty to tender its advice fully, accuratelyand properly.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


22. Authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutions should also be aware that the degree of complexityof the transaction and the level of sophistication of the counterparty arefactors which a court may take <strong>in</strong>to account <strong>in</strong> consider<strong>in</strong>g whether the<strong>in</strong>stitution has <strong>in</strong> practice assumed an advisory role <strong>in</strong> relation to thecounterparty (even if no explicit agreement to that effect has beenentered <strong>in</strong>to). A wider duty of care may be allowed <strong>by</strong> the courts <strong>in</strong>a- case <strong>in</strong>volv<strong>in</strong>g a highly sophisticated transaction and a relativelyunsophisticated counterparty. In those circumstances, there is a possibilitythat the courts may be more likely to accept evidence that an authorized<strong>in</strong>stitution had assumed a responsibility to advise the counterparty onissues such as risk and suitability. It is also noted that where an <strong>in</strong>stitutionprovides <strong>in</strong>formation to enable its counterparties to understand thenature and risks of a transaction, it should:a) ensure that the <strong>in</strong>formation is accurate;b) ensure that <strong>in</strong>formation <strong>in</strong> any economic forecast is reasonable, basedon proper research and reasonable grounds; andc) present the downside and upside of the proposal <strong>in</strong> a fair andbalanced fashion.23. To guard aga<strong>in</strong>st the possibility of misunderstand<strong>in</strong>gs, particularly <strong>with</strong>private bank<strong>in</strong>g customers, all significant communications between the<strong>in</strong>stitution and its customers should be <strong>in</strong> writ<strong>in</strong>g or recorded <strong>in</strong> meet<strong>in</strong>gnotes. Where it is necessary for an account manager to speak to thecustomer <strong>by</strong> telephone, such conversations should be tape-recorded.24. Institutions should establish <strong>in</strong>ternal procedures for handl<strong>in</strong>g customerdisputes and compla<strong>in</strong>ts. They should be <strong>in</strong>vestigated thoroughly andhandled fairly and promptly. Senior management and the ComplianceDepartment/Officer should be <strong>in</strong>formed of all customer disputes andcompla<strong>in</strong>ts at a regular <strong>in</strong>terval. Cases which are considered material,e.g. the amount <strong>in</strong>volved is very substantial, should be reported to theboard and the MA.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


RISK MEASUREMENT25. Hav<strong>in</strong>g identified the various types of risk, the authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutionshould as far as possible attempt to measure and aggregate them acrossall the various trad<strong>in</strong>g and non-trad<strong>in</strong>g activities <strong>in</strong> which it is engaged.26. The risk of loss can be most directly quantified <strong>in</strong> relation to market riskand credit risk (though other risks may have an equally or even greateradverse impact on earn<strong>in</strong>gs or capital if not properly controlled). Thesetwo types of risks are clearly related s<strong>in</strong>ce the extent to which a derivativescontract is "<strong>in</strong> the money" as a result of market price movements willdeterm<strong>in</strong>e the degree of credit risk. This illustrates the need for an<strong>in</strong>tegrated approach to the risk management of derivatives. The methodsused to measure market and credit risk should be related to:a) the nature, scale and complexity of the derivatives operation;b) the capability of the data collection systems; andc) the ability of management to understand the nature, limitations andmean<strong>in</strong>g of the results produced <strong>by</strong> the measurement system.27. The MA has observed that the risk measurement methodologies of anumber of authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutions are relatively simple and unsophisticateddespite the fact that they are quite active market participants. In particular,the use of notional contract amounts to measure the size of market orcredit risk (and to set limits) is <strong>in</strong>sufficient <strong>in</strong> itself and should beconf<strong>in</strong>ed to limited end-users (and even then only on a temporary basisuntil a more sophisticated risk measurement system has been devised).It should be noted however that although more sophisticatedmethodologies measure risk more accurately, they also <strong>in</strong>troduce addedassumption and model risk. In particular, the assumption <strong>in</strong> u value-atrisk"models (see below) that changes <strong>in</strong> market risk factors (such as<strong>in</strong>terest rates) are normally distributed, may not hold good <strong>in</strong> practice.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


Mark-to-market28. The measurement process starts <strong>with</strong> mark<strong>in</strong>g to market of positions.This is necessary to establish the current value of positions and torecord profits and losses <strong>in</strong> the bank's books. It is essential that therevaluation process is carried out <strong>by</strong> an <strong>in</strong>dependent risk control unitor <strong>by</strong> back office staff which are <strong>in</strong>dependent of the risk-takers <strong>in</strong> thefront office, and that the pric<strong>in</strong>g factors used for revaluation are obta<strong>in</strong>edfrom a source which is <strong>in</strong>dependent of the front office or are<strong>in</strong>dependently verified. A number of authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutions have notadopted this practice. (Ideally, the methodologies and assumptions used<strong>by</strong> the front and back offices for valu<strong>in</strong>g positions should be consistent,but if not there should be a means of reconcil<strong>in</strong>g differences.) For activedealers and active position-takers, positions should be marked to marketon a daily basis. Where appropriate, <strong>in</strong>tra-day or real-time valuationshould be used for options and complex derivatives portfolios (this maybe performed <strong>by</strong> deal<strong>in</strong>g room staff provided that the end-of-day positionsare subject to <strong>in</strong>dependent revaluations).29. To ensure that trad<strong>in</strong>g portfolios are not overvalued, active dealers andactive position-takers should value their trad<strong>in</strong>g portfolios based onmid-market prices less specific adjustments for expected future costssuch as close-out costs and fund<strong>in</strong>g costs. Limited end-users may usebid and offer prices, apply<strong>in</strong>g bid price for long positions and offer pricefor short positions.Measur<strong>in</strong>g market risk30. The risk measurement system should attempt to assess the probabilityof future loss <strong>in</strong> derivative positions. In order to achieve this objective,the system should attempt to estimate:a) the sensitivity of the <strong>in</strong>struments <strong>in</strong> the portfolio to changes <strong>in</strong> themarket factors which affect their value (e.g. <strong>in</strong>terest rates, exchangerates, equity prices, commodity prices and volatilities); andGuidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


) the tendency of the relevant market factors to change based on pastvolatilities and correlations.3 I. The common methodologies used <strong>by</strong> authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutions <strong>in</strong> HongKong to measure market risk <strong>in</strong>clude notional amounts, month-million,duration and price value basis po<strong>in</strong>t. These methods generally fail fullyto satisfy both the criteria specified <strong>in</strong> the previous paragraph. Theapproach which is best suited for this purpose is "value at risk" whichis recommended <strong>by</strong> both the Group of Thirty and the Basle Committee.The value-at-risk approach measures the expected loss <strong>in</strong> a position orportfolio that is associated <strong>with</strong> a given probability and a specified timehorizon. The above methodologies are summarized <strong>in</strong> Annex B.32. Active dealers and active position-takers <strong>in</strong> derivatives are recommendedto adopt the value-at-risk approach, although it is recognized that it willtake time to <strong>in</strong>stall the necessary systems. Institutions which tradederivatives <strong>in</strong> a different capacity (particularly limited end-users) may useless sophisticated methodologies but should adopt correspond<strong>in</strong>gly moreconservative trad<strong>in</strong>g strategies and limits.33. Statistical models used to calculate value at risk may use a variety ofdifferent approaches (e.g. variance/covariance, historical simulation, MonteCarlo simulation). The choice is a matter for the <strong>in</strong>stitution concerned,but where models are to be used for measur<strong>in</strong>g capital adequacy forsupervisory purposes, the Basle Committee has specified that commonm<strong>in</strong>imum standards should be adopted (<strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g a 99% one-tailedconfidence <strong>in</strong>terval and a m<strong>in</strong>imum hold<strong>in</strong>g period of 10 days). TheBasle standards are summarized <strong>in</strong> the attached Annex C.34. The MA will have regard to these standards <strong>in</strong> evaluat<strong>in</strong>g the value-atriskmodels used <strong>by</strong> authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutions <strong>in</strong> Hong Kong for manag<strong>in</strong>gtheir trad<strong>in</strong>g risk. It is recognized that models used for this purposemay <strong>in</strong>corporate assumptions which are different from thoserecommended <strong>by</strong> the Basle Committee. In particular, it is common toGuidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


use a hold<strong>in</strong>g period of only one day for the measurement of potentialchanges <strong>in</strong> position values. This assumption will however only hold goodfor liquid <strong>in</strong>struments <strong>in</strong> normal market conditions. For <strong>in</strong>struments ormarkets where there is significant concern about liquidity risk, a longerhold<strong>in</strong>g period should be used (e.g. 10 days) or more conservative limitsshould be adopted.35. The assumptions and variables used <strong>in</strong> the risk management methodshould be fully documented and reviewed regularly <strong>by</strong> the seniormanagement, the <strong>in</strong>dependent risk management unit (if it exists) and<strong>in</strong>ternal audit.Stress tests36. Regardless of the measurement system and assumptions used to calculaterisk on a day-to-day basis, <strong>in</strong>stitutions should conduct regular stresstests to evaluate the exposure under worst-case market scenarios (i.e.those which are possible but not probable). Stress tests need to covera range of factors that could generate extraord<strong>in</strong>ary losses <strong>in</strong> trad<strong>in</strong>gportfolios or make the control of risk <strong>in</strong> these portfolios very difficult.Stress scenarios may take account of such factors as the largest historicallosses actually suffered <strong>by</strong> the <strong>in</strong>stitution and evaluation of the currentportfolio on the basis of extreme assumptions about movements <strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>terest rates or other market factors or <strong>in</strong> market liquidity. The resultsof the stress test<strong>in</strong>g should be reviewed regularly <strong>by</strong> senior managementand should be reflected <strong>in</strong> the policies and limits which are approved <strong>by</strong>the board of directors and senior management.37. All <strong>in</strong>stitutions which are active <strong>in</strong> derivatives <strong>in</strong> Hong Kong arerecommended to conduct regular stress test<strong>in</strong>g of their portfolios. Thisshould be carried out both <strong>by</strong> local risk managers and on a consolidatedbasis <strong>by</strong> the head office risk control function. A significant number of<strong>in</strong>stitutions have not previously done so.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


38. The measurement of the market risk <strong>in</strong> options <strong>in</strong>volves specialconsiderations because of their non-l<strong>in</strong>ear price characteristics. Thismeans that the price of an option does not necessarily move <strong>in</strong> aproportionate relationship <strong>with</strong> that of the underly<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>strument,pr<strong>in</strong>cipally because of gamma and volatility risk. (A description of theserisks and the other risks <strong>in</strong> options is given <strong>in</strong> Annex D.) Measurementof risk exposure of an options portfolio may therefore require the useof simulation techniques to calculate, for example, changes <strong>in</strong> the valueof the options portfolio for various comb<strong>in</strong>ations of changes <strong>in</strong> theprices of the underly<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>struments and changes <strong>in</strong> volatility. The riskexposure would be calculated from that comb<strong>in</strong>ation of price and volatilitychange that produced the largest loss <strong>in</strong> the portfolio. Other moreelaborate simulation techniques may be used. In general, given theadditional complexity of risk measurement and management of options,the MA would expect active trad<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> options to be conf<strong>in</strong>ed to themore sophisticated authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutions.Measur<strong>in</strong>g credit risk39. The credit risks of derivatives products have two components: presettlementrisk and settlement risk. They should be monitored andmanaged separately. A number of authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutions have not donethis <strong>in</strong> respect of settlement risk.40. Pre-settlement risk is the risk of loss due to a counterparty default<strong>in</strong>gon a contract dur<strong>in</strong>g the life of a transaction. It varies throughout thelife of the contract and the extent of loss will only be known at the timeof default. To measure pre-settlement risk, authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutions shouldnot rely solely on the notional amounts of derivatives contracts whichprovide only an <strong>in</strong>dication of the volume of bus<strong>in</strong>ess outstand<strong>in</strong>g andbear little relation to the underly<strong>in</strong>g risk of the exposure. That risk isconditional on the counterparty default<strong>in</strong>g and the contract hav<strong>in</strong>g positivemark-to-market value to the <strong>in</strong>stitution at the time of default. However,Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


even contracts which presently have a zero or negative mark-to-marketvalue to the <strong>in</strong>stitution (and where there is thus no current loss exposure)have potential credit risk because the value of the contract can becomepositive at any time prior to maturity as a result of market movements.41. All authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutions are encouraged to calculate pre-settlementrisk <strong>by</strong> summ<strong>in</strong>g the current exposure of a contract (i.e. the mark-tomarketvalue, if positive) and an estimate of the potential change <strong>in</strong> valueover the rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g life of the contract (the "add-on"). Where legallyenforceable nett<strong>in</strong>g agreements are <strong>in</strong> place, the current exposure for agiven counterparty may be calculated <strong>by</strong> nett<strong>in</strong>g contracts <strong>with</strong> thatcounterparty which have negative mark-to-market value aga<strong>in</strong>st thosewhich have positive value. The Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Amendment to the 1988Capital Accord for Bilateral Nett<strong>in</strong>g issued <strong>by</strong> the MA <strong>in</strong> February 1995sets out the conditions under which the MA will be prepared to recognizenett<strong>in</strong>g arrangements for capital adequacy purposes.42. Active dealers and active position-takers may use their own simulationtechniques to measure potential future exposure, or else may use theadd-ons specified <strong>by</strong> the Basle Committee for capital adequacy purposes.A less sophisticated approach is to measure the total pre-settlementrisk <strong>by</strong> multiply<strong>in</strong>g the notional amount of the contract <strong>by</strong> percentagefactors which depend on the numbers of years of the contract (the"orig<strong>in</strong>al exposure" method). This method is not recommended forauthorized <strong>in</strong>stitutions.43. Settlement risk arises where securities or cash are exchanged and canamount to the full value of the amounts exchanged. In general, the timeframefor this risk is quite short and arises only where there is nodelivery aga<strong>in</strong>st payment.LIMITS44. A comprehensive set of limits should be put <strong>in</strong> place to control theGuidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


market, credit and liquidity risk of the <strong>in</strong>stitution <strong>in</strong> derivatives and othertraded <strong>in</strong>struments. These should be <strong>in</strong>tegrated as far as possible <strong>with</strong>the overall <strong>in</strong>stitution-wide limits for these risks. For example, thecredit exposure for a particular counterparty aris<strong>in</strong>g from derivativesshould be aggregated <strong>with</strong> all other credit exposures for that counterpartyand compared <strong>with</strong> the credit limit for that counterparty. As notedearlier, the aggregate limits for the amount of risk to be <strong>in</strong>curred <strong>by</strong> the<strong>in</strong>stitution <strong>in</strong> its derivatives activity and the broad structure of the limitsshould be approved <strong>by</strong> the board. The aggregate limits can then beallocated and sub-allocated <strong>by</strong> management. The system of limits should<strong>in</strong>clude procedures for the report<strong>in</strong>g and approval of exceptions tolimits. It is essential that limits should be rigorously enforced and thatsignificant and persistent breaches of limits should be reported to seniormanagement and fully <strong>in</strong>vestigated.Market risk limits45. Market risk limits should be established at different levels of the <strong>in</strong>stitution,i.e. the <strong>in</strong>stitution as a whole, the various risk-tak<strong>in</strong>g units, trad<strong>in</strong>g deskheads and <strong>in</strong>dividual traders. It may also be appropriate to supplementthese <strong>with</strong> limits for particular products. In determ<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g how marketrisk limits are established and allocated, management should take <strong>in</strong>toaccount factors such as the follow<strong>in</strong>g:a) past performance of the trad<strong>in</strong>g unit;b) experience and expertise of the traders;c) level of sophistication of the pric<strong>in</strong>g, valuation and measurementsystems;d) the quality of <strong>in</strong>ternal controls;e) the projected level of trad<strong>in</strong>g activity hav<strong>in</strong>g regard to the liquidityof particular products and markets; andf) the ability of the operations systems to settle the resultant trades.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


46. Some commonly used market risk limits are : notional or volume limits,stop loss limits, gap or maturity limits, options limits and value-at-risklimits. These are described <strong>in</strong> Annex D. The selection of limits shouldhave regard to the nature, size and complexity of the derivatives operationand to the type of risk measurement system. In general, the overallamount of market risk be<strong>in</strong>g run <strong>by</strong> the <strong>in</strong>stitution is best controlled <strong>by</strong>value-at risk limits. These provide senior management <strong>with</strong> an easilyunderstood way of monitor<strong>in</strong>g and controll<strong>in</strong>g the amount of capital andearn<strong>in</strong>gs which the <strong>in</strong>stitution is putt<strong>in</strong>g at risk through its trad<strong>in</strong>g activities.The limits actually used to control risk on a day-to-day basis <strong>in</strong> thedeal<strong>in</strong>g room or at <strong>in</strong>dividual trad<strong>in</strong>g desks may be expressed <strong>in</strong> termsother than value at risk, but should provide reasonable assurance thatthe overall value-at-risk limits set for the <strong>in</strong>stitution will not be exceeded.Regular calculation of the value at risk <strong>in</strong> the trad<strong>in</strong>g portfolio shouldtherefore be conducted to ensure that this is <strong>in</strong>deed the case.47. It should be emphasized that no means of express<strong>in</strong>g limits can giveabsolute assurance that greater than expected losses will not occur.Even the value-at-risk approach, while recommended for active dealersand active position-takers, has its own limitations <strong>in</strong> provid<strong>in</strong>g protectionaga<strong>in</strong>st unpredictable events. Limits set <strong>by</strong> the <strong>in</strong>stitution on this basisshould therefore cater for such events, tak<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to account the resultsof the stress tests run <strong>by</strong> the <strong>in</strong>stitution (see above). Other types oflimits are less sophisticated than value at risk and are generally notsufficient <strong>in</strong> isolation (unless only a limited and conservative trad<strong>in</strong>gstrategy is be<strong>in</strong>g pursued), but they may be useful for certa<strong>in</strong> purposesand when used <strong>in</strong> conjunction <strong>with</strong> other measures.48. Stop loss limits may be useful for trigger<strong>in</strong>g specific management action (e.g.to close out the position) when a certa<strong>in</strong> level of unrealized losses arereached. They do not however control the potential size of loss which is<strong>in</strong>herent <strong>in</strong> the position or portfolio (i.e. the value at risk) and which maybe greater than the stop loss limit. They will thus not necessarily preventlosses if the position cannot be exited (e.g. because of market {(liquidity).Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


Consideration must be given to the period of time over which the unrealisedloss is to be controlled: too long a period (e.g. a year) may allow largeunrealized losses to build up before management action is triggered. Limitsfor shorter periods may be advisable (e.g. on a monthly basis).49. Limits based on the notional amount or volume of derivatives contractsdo not provide a reasonable proxy for market (or credit) risk and thusshould not generally be acceptable on a stand-alone basis. (A numberof authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutions have been rely<strong>in</strong>g solely on notional limits.)Volume limits can however have some use <strong>in</strong> controll<strong>in</strong>g operational risk(i.e. as regards the process<strong>in</strong>g and settl<strong>in</strong>g of trades) and also liquidityand concentration risk. Such a risk might arise for example, as it did <strong>in</strong>the case of Bar<strong>in</strong>gs, from hav<strong>in</strong>g a substantial part of the open <strong>in</strong>terest<strong>in</strong> exchange-traded derivatives (particularly <strong>in</strong> less liquid contracts.) TheBar<strong>in</strong>gs case also illustrates that for activities such as arbitrage, it isnecessary to set limits on the gross as well as the net positions <strong>in</strong> orderto control over-trad<strong>in</strong>g and limit the amount of fund<strong>in</strong>g which is requiredfor marg<strong>in</strong> payments. (A number of authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutions have notbeen monitor<strong>in</strong>g the growth of gross positions.)50. It may be appropriate to set limits on particular products or maturities(as well as on portfolios) <strong>in</strong> order to reduce market and liquidity riskwhich would arise from concentrations <strong>in</strong> these. (Some <strong>in</strong>stitutionshave not been do<strong>in</strong>g this.) Similarly, options risk can be controlled <strong>by</strong>concentration limits based on strike price and expiration date. Thisreduces the potential impact on earn<strong>in</strong>gs and cash flow of a large amountof options be<strong>in</strong>g exercised at the same time.Credit limits51. Institutions should establish both pre-settlement credit limits andsettlement credit limits (not all have been do<strong>in</strong>g this). The formershould be based on the credit-worth<strong>in</strong>ess of the counterparty <strong>in</strong> muchthe same way as for traditional credit l<strong>in</strong>es. The size of the limits shouldtake <strong>in</strong>to account the sophistication of the risk measurement system: ifSMIGuidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


notional amounts are used (which is not recommended), the limits shouldbe correspond<strong>in</strong>gly more conservative.52. It is important that authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutions should establish separate limitsfor settlement risk. The amount of exposure due to settlement riskoften exceeds the credit exposure aris<strong>in</strong>g from pre-settlement risk becausesettlement of derivatives transactions may <strong>in</strong>volve the exchange of thetotal value of the <strong>in</strong>strument or pr<strong>in</strong>cipal cash flow. Settlement limitsshould have regard to the efficiency and reliability of the relevant settlementsystems, the period for which the exposure will be outstand<strong>in</strong>g, thecredit quality of the counterparty and the <strong>in</strong>stitution's own capital adequacy.Liquidity limits53. The cash flow/fund<strong>in</strong>g liquidity risk <strong>in</strong> derivatives can be dealt <strong>with</strong> <strong>by</strong><strong>in</strong>corporat<strong>in</strong>g derivatives <strong>in</strong>to the <strong>in</strong>stitution's overall liquidity policy and,<strong>in</strong> particular, <strong>by</strong> <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g derivatives <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> the structure of the maturitymismatch limits. A particular issue is the extent to which <strong>in</strong>stitutionstake account of the right which may have been granted to counterpartiesto term<strong>in</strong>ate a derivatives contract under certa<strong>in</strong> specified circumstances,thus trigger<strong>in</strong>g an unexpected need for funds. (The results of the MA'ssurvey conducted <strong>in</strong> early 1995 suggested that a significant proportionof <strong>in</strong>stitutions do not take account of such early term<strong>in</strong>ation clauses <strong>in</strong>plann<strong>in</strong>g their liquidity needs.)54. As the Bar<strong>in</strong>gs' case demonstrates, it is also necessary for <strong>in</strong>stitutions totake <strong>in</strong>to account the fund<strong>in</strong>g requirements which may arise because ofthe need to make marg<strong>in</strong> payments <strong>in</strong> respect of exchange-tradedderivatives.The <strong>in</strong>stitution should have the ability to dist<strong>in</strong>guish betweenmarg<strong>in</strong> calls which are be<strong>in</strong>g made on behalf of clients (and monitor theresultant credit risk on the clients) and those which arise from proprietarytrades. Where the <strong>in</strong>stitution is called upon to provide significant fund<strong>in</strong>g<strong>in</strong> respect of derivatives activities undertaken <strong>in</strong> a subsidiary, the <strong>in</strong>stitutionshould carefully monitor the amount <strong>in</strong>volved aga<strong>in</strong>st limits for thatsubsidiary and <strong>in</strong>vestigate rapid growth <strong>in</strong> the subsidiary's fund<strong>in</strong>g needs.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


55. As noted earlier, the market or product liquidity risk that arises from thepossibility that the <strong>in</strong>stitution will not be able to exit derivatives positionsat a reasonable cost, can be mitigated <strong>by</strong> sett<strong>in</strong>g limits on concentrations<strong>in</strong> particular markets, exchanges, products and maturities.INDEPENDENTCONTROL56. There should be a means <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> each authorized <strong>in</strong>stitution of<strong>in</strong>dependently monitor<strong>in</strong>g and controll<strong>in</strong>g the various risks <strong>in</strong> derivatives(and other trad<strong>in</strong>g activities). The precise way <strong>in</strong> which the risk controlfunction is organized <strong>in</strong> each <strong>in</strong>stitution will vary depend<strong>in</strong>g on the nature,size and complexity of its derivatives operation. Different types of risksmay be monitored and controlled <strong>by</strong> different departments and units.For example, the credit risk <strong>in</strong> derivatives may be subject to the oversightof that department of the <strong>in</strong>stitution which monitors its credit risk as awhole. As noted earlier, however, the <strong>in</strong>ter-relationship between thedifferent types of risks needs to be taken <strong>in</strong>to account. (An Asset andLiability Committee of the board may be a suitable forum for do<strong>in</strong>g this.)57. Institutions which are active dealers or active position-takers <strong>in</strong> derivativesshould ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong> a separate unit which is responsible for monitor<strong>in</strong>g andcontroll<strong>in</strong>g the market risk <strong>in</strong> derivatives. This should report directly to theboard (or Asset and Liability Committee) or to senior management whoare not directly responsible for trad<strong>in</strong>g activities. Such management shouldhave the authority to enforce both reductions of positions taken <strong>by</strong> <strong>in</strong>dividualtraders and <strong>in</strong> the bank's overall risk exposure. Where the size of the<strong>in</strong>stitution or its <strong>in</strong>volvement <strong>in</strong> derivatives activities does not justify aseparate unit dedicated to derivative activities, the function may be carriedout <strong>by</strong> support personnel <strong>in</strong> the back office (or <strong>in</strong> a "middle office")provided that such personnel have the necessary <strong>in</strong>dependence, expertise,resources and support from senior management to do the job effectively.58. Whatever form the risk control function takes, it is essential that it isdistanced from the control and <strong>in</strong>fluence of the trad<strong>in</strong>g function. Inparticular, it is unacceptable for risk control functions of the type describedQ»y]Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


<strong>in</strong> paragraphs 59 and 60 to be carried out <strong>by</strong> deal<strong>in</strong>g room staff (the MAhas come across a number of cases where this has been the practice).59. The m<strong>in</strong>imum risk control functions which should be performed <strong>in</strong>cludethe follow<strong>in</strong>g:a) the monitor<strong>in</strong>g of market risk exposures aga<strong>in</strong>st limits and thereport<strong>in</strong>g of exceptions to management outside the trad<strong>in</strong>g area;b) the mark<strong>in</strong>g-to-market of risk exposures and the performance ofreconciliation of positions and profit/loss between the front andback offices;c) the preparation of management reports, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g daily profit/lossresults and gross and net positions; andd) the monitor<strong>in</strong>g of credit exposures to <strong>in</strong>dividual counterparties aga<strong>in</strong>stlimits and the report<strong>in</strong>g of exceptions to management outside thetrad<strong>in</strong>g area (as noted earlier this function may be performed <strong>by</strong> thecredit department).60. For <strong>in</strong>stitutions which are active traders <strong>in</strong> derivatives, and <strong>in</strong> particularthose which wish to satisfy the Basle Committee's criteria for the useof <strong>in</strong>ternal models to measure the capital requirements for market risk,the risk control function should also be actively <strong>in</strong>volved <strong>in</strong> the design,implementation and ongo<strong>in</strong>g assessment of the <strong>in</strong>stitution's riskmanagement system, and particularly its <strong>in</strong>ternal model. This will typicallybe done at head office level (perhaps <strong>with</strong> the assistance of local riskmanagers) and will <strong>in</strong>clude the follow<strong>in</strong>g:a) the development of risk management policies (<strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g policies toensure system security) and limits for approval <strong>by</strong> the board andsenior management;b) the design and test<strong>in</strong>g of stress scenarios;c) the regular back-test<strong>in</strong>g of the measure of market risk (e.g. thatgenerated <strong>by</strong> the <strong>in</strong>ternal value-at-risk model) aga<strong>in</strong>st actual dailyGuidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


changes <strong>in</strong> portfolio value;d) the review and approval of pric<strong>in</strong>g and valuation models used <strong>by</strong> thefront and back offices, and the development of reconciliationprocedures if different systems are used; ande) the generation of reports for the board and senior managementcover<strong>in</strong>g such aspects as trends <strong>in</strong> aggregate risk exposure, theadequacy of and compliance <strong>with</strong> policies and risk limits and risk/return <strong>in</strong>formation.61. The risk management system and the effectiveness and <strong>in</strong>dependence ofthe risk control unit should themselves be subject to regular review <strong>by</strong><strong>in</strong>ternal audit.OPERATIONAL CONTROLS62. Operational risk arises as a result of <strong>in</strong>adequate <strong>in</strong>ternal controls, humanerror or management failure. This is a particular risk <strong>in</strong> derivativesactivities because of the complexity and rapidly evolv<strong>in</strong>g nature of someof the products. The nature of the controls <strong>in</strong> place to manage operationalrisk must be commensurate <strong>with</strong> the scale and complexity of thederivatives activity be<strong>in</strong>g undertaken. As noted earlier, volume limitsmay be used to ensure that the number of transactions be<strong>in</strong>g undertakendoes not outstrip the capacity of the support systems to handle them.Segregation of duties63. Segregation of duties is necessary to prevent unauthorized and fraudulentpractices. This has a number of detailed aspects but the fundamentalpr<strong>in</strong>ciple is that there should be clear separation, both functionally andphysically, between the front office which is responsible for the conductof trad<strong>in</strong>g operations and the back office which is responsible forprocess<strong>in</strong>g the resultant trades. Institutions must avoid a situation wherethe back office becomes subord<strong>in</strong>ate to the traders as was the case <strong>with</strong>Bar<strong>in</strong>gs. This gave rise to the situation where the head trader of theGuidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


S<strong>in</strong>gapore futures operation was able both to <strong>in</strong>itiate trades and tocontrol the way <strong>in</strong> which they were recorded and settled.64. The MA has come across a number of cases <strong>in</strong> authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutionswhere segregation of duties is <strong>in</strong>complete. For example:a) the mark-to-market process is performed <strong>by</strong> the front office <strong>in</strong>steadof the back office (or separate risk control unit);b) the data used for mark<strong>in</strong>g to market are not obta<strong>in</strong>ed from sources<strong>in</strong>dependent of the front office or are not <strong>in</strong>dependently verified;c) reconciliation of the back office position reports to the front officerecords are not reviewed <strong>by</strong> personnel <strong>in</strong>dependent of the frontoffice operations;d) <strong>in</strong>com<strong>in</strong>g confirmations of deals are received <strong>in</strong> the first <strong>in</strong>stance <strong>by</strong>dealers <strong>in</strong>stead of the back office;e) deal<strong>in</strong>g reports and profit/loss reports are either prepared <strong>by</strong> dealersor routed via dealers to senior management;f) limit monitor<strong>in</strong>g is not carried out <strong>by</strong> personnel who are <strong>in</strong>dependentof the deal<strong>in</strong>g room; andg) there is a lack of physical separation of the front and back offices.65. The MA considers that such practices are unacceptable and has requestedthe <strong>in</strong>stitutions concerned to take remedial measures. In some cases,it has been argued that the deficiencies are not high risk because of theexistence of compensat<strong>in</strong>g human and other controls and because ofconservative trad<strong>in</strong>g strategies. While this may be true under normalcircumstances, the lack of proper systems controls does create loopholeswhich can be exploited <strong>by</strong> unscrupulous <strong>in</strong>dividuals. The Bar<strong>in</strong>gs andDaiwa Bank cases show that trust placed <strong>in</strong> key <strong>in</strong>dividuals may beabused and that it is dangerous to assume that a fundamental weakness<strong>in</strong> controls can be mitigated <strong>by</strong> other, more superficial, checks and balances.Shortages of physical space or skilled personnel should not be used asan excuse to override normal control considerations.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


66. A basic and essential safeguard aga<strong>in</strong>st abuse of trust <strong>by</strong> an <strong>in</strong>dividual isto <strong>in</strong>sist that all staff should take a m<strong>in</strong>imum period of annual leave (say2 weeks) each year. This makes it more difficult to conceal frauds <strong>in</strong> theabsence of the <strong>in</strong>dividual concerned. All <strong>in</strong>stitutions are recommendedto follow this practice.Policies and procedures67. Policies and procedures should be established and documented to coverthe <strong>in</strong>ternal controls which apply at various stages <strong>in</strong> the work flow ofprocess<strong>in</strong>g and monitor<strong>in</strong>g trades. Apart from segregation of duties,these <strong>in</strong>clude:* trade entry and transaction documentation* confirmation of trades* settlement and disbursement* reconciliations* revaluation* exception reports* account<strong>in</strong>g treatment.68. A checklist of some of the key controls under these head<strong>in</strong>gs is given<strong>in</strong> Annex E. One important aspect of reconciliations as revealed <strong>by</strong> theBar<strong>in</strong>gs case is that major unreconciled differences (e.g. between marg<strong>in</strong>payments paid to a futures exchange <strong>by</strong> the <strong>in</strong>stitution on behalf ofclients and payments received from clients, or between the <strong>in</strong>stitution'sbalances/positions as recorded <strong>in</strong> its own accounts and <strong>in</strong> those of theexchange) should be fully and promptly <strong>in</strong>vestigated.69. Some of the deficiencies identified <strong>by</strong> the post-Bar<strong>in</strong>gs review of <strong>in</strong>stitutions'<strong>in</strong>ternal controls <strong>by</strong> auditors and the MA's treasury visits <strong>in</strong>clude:a) lack of formally documented procedures that cover all aspects of<strong>in</strong>ternal controls for both the front office and back office;b) no tape record<strong>in</strong>g of telephone calls made <strong>by</strong> the dealers;Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


c) deal<strong>in</strong>g slips were not pre-numbered or time stamped, and therewas no record of the nature of each trade to provide an audit trail;d) no formal lists of authorized counterparties (and limits for suchcounterparties) and brokers; ande) reconciliation of daily positions to nostro bank statements was notdocumented.Cont<strong>in</strong>gency plan70. Plans should be <strong>in</strong> place to provide cont<strong>in</strong>gency systems and operationssupport <strong>in</strong> the case of a natural disaster or systems failure. Theseshould <strong>in</strong>clude emergency back-up for deal<strong>in</strong>g functions as well as criticalsupport functions. Cont<strong>in</strong>gency plans should be reviewed and tested ona regular basis.71. Internal audit is an important part of the <strong>in</strong>ternal control process. Amongthe tasks of the <strong>in</strong>ternal audit function should be:a) to review the adequacy and effectiveness of the overall riskmanagement system, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g compliance <strong>with</strong> policies, proceduresand limits;b) to review the adequacy and test the effectiveness of the variousoperational controls (<strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g segregation of duties) and staff'scompliance <strong>with</strong> the established policies and procedures; andc) to <strong>in</strong>vestigate unusual occurrences such as significant breaches of limits,unauthorized trades and unreconciled valuation or account<strong>in</strong>g differences.72. The greater the size, complexity and geographical coverage of thederivatives bus<strong>in</strong>ess, the greater the need for experienced <strong>in</strong>ternal auditors<strong>with</strong> strong technical abilities and expertise. The MA considers thatsome <strong>in</strong>ternal audit functions of authorized <strong>in</strong>stitutions have not possessedthese qualities <strong>in</strong> relation to derivatives.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


73. It is essential that the <strong>in</strong>ternal audit function should have the necessarystatus <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> the organization for its recommendations to carry weight.The head of <strong>in</strong>ternal audit should if necessary have direct access to theboard, audit committee and the chief executive. L<strong>in</strong>e management mustnot be able to water down the f<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>gs of <strong>in</strong>ternal audit reviews.74. In prepar<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>ternal audit reports, major control weaknesses should behighlighted and a management action plan to remedy the weaknessesshould be agreed <strong>with</strong> a timetable. As the Bar<strong>in</strong>gs case illustrates, it isessential that major weaknesses are remedied quickly (the dangers posed<strong>by</strong> the lack of segregation of duties <strong>in</strong> S<strong>in</strong>gapore had been identified <strong>in</strong>an <strong>in</strong>ternal audit review carried out <strong>in</strong> mid-1994, but the situation hadnot been rectified <strong>by</strong> the time of the collapse). While implementationis the responsibility of management, <strong>in</strong>ternal audit should conduct followupvisits <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> a short space of time <strong>in</strong> the case of significant weaknesses.Failure of management to implement recommendations <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> an agreedtimeframe should be reported to the Audit Committee.Hong Kong Monetary AuthorityMarch 1996Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


Annex AOF1. CREDITCredit risk is the risk of loss due to a counterparty's failure to perform onan obligation to the <strong>in</strong>stitution. Credit risk <strong>in</strong> derivative products comes <strong>in</strong>two forms :Pre-settlement risk is the risk of loss due to a counterparty default<strong>in</strong>gon a contract dur<strong>in</strong>g the life of a transaction. The level of exposurevaries throughout the life of the contract and the extent of losses willonly be known at the time of default.Settlement risk is the risk of loss due to the counterparty's failure toperform on its obligation after an <strong>in</strong>stitution has performed on its obligationunder a contract on the settlement date. Settlement risk frequently arises<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>ternational transactions because of time zone differences. This risk isonly present <strong>in</strong> transactions that do not <strong>in</strong>volve delivery versus paymentand generally exists for a very short time (less than 24 hours).2. MARKET RISKMarket risk is the risk of loss due to adverse changes <strong>in</strong> the market value(the price) of an <strong>in</strong>strument or portfolio of <strong>in</strong>struments. Such exposureoccurs <strong>with</strong> respect to derivative <strong>in</strong>struments when changes occur <strong>in</strong> marketfactors such as underly<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>terest rates, exchange rates, equity prices, andcommodity prices or <strong>in</strong> the volatility of these factors.3. LIQUIDITY RISKLiquidity risk is the risk of loss due to failure of an <strong>in</strong>stitution to meet itsfund<strong>in</strong>g requirements or to execute a transaction at a reasonable price.Institutions <strong>in</strong>volved <strong>in</strong> derivatives activity face two types of liquidity risk :market liquidity risk and fund<strong>in</strong>g liquidity risk.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


Market liquidity risk is the risk that an <strong>in</strong>stitution may not be able toexit or offset positions quickly, and <strong>in</strong> sufficient quantities, at a reasonableprice. This <strong>in</strong>ability may be due to <strong>in</strong>adequate market depth <strong>in</strong> certa<strong>in</strong>products (e.g. exotic derivatives, long-dated options), market disruption,or <strong>in</strong>ability of the bank to access the market (e.g. credit down-grad<strong>in</strong>gof the <strong>in</strong>stitution or of a major counterparty).Fund<strong>in</strong>g liquidity risk is the potential <strong>in</strong>ability of the <strong>in</strong>stitution tomeet fund<strong>in</strong>g requirements, because of cash flow mismatches, at areasonable cost. Such fund<strong>in</strong>g requirements may arise from cash flowmismatches <strong>in</strong> swap books, exercise of options, and the implementationof dynamic hedg<strong>in</strong>g strategies.4.Operational risk is the risk of loss occurr<strong>in</strong>g as a result of <strong>in</strong>adequatesystems and control, deficiencies <strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>formation systems, human error, ormanagement failure. <strong>Derivatives</strong> activities can pose challeng<strong>in</strong>g operationalrisk issues because of the complexity of certa<strong>in</strong> products and their cont<strong>in</strong>ualevolution.5. LEGALLegal risk is the risk of loss aris<strong>in</strong>g from contracts which are not legallyenforceable (e.g. the counterparty does not have the power or authority toenter <strong>in</strong>to a particular type of derivatives transaction) or documentedcorrectly.6.Regulatory risk is the risk of loss aris<strong>in</strong>g from failure to comply <strong>with</strong> regulatoryor legal requirements.7. REPUTATION RISKReputation risk is the risk of loss aris<strong>in</strong>g from adverse public op<strong>in</strong>ion anddamage to reputation.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


Annex BI. OR OFThis simply refers to the notional amount of the contract and is the mostbasic form of risk measurement. The ma<strong>in</strong> advantage of this measure is itssimplicity which allows net and gross positions to be computed easily andquickly. It is useful as one of the means for limit<strong>in</strong>g bus<strong>in</strong>ess volume, andliquidity and settlement risks.However, the notional amount only provides an <strong>in</strong>dication of the volume ofbus<strong>in</strong>ess outstand<strong>in</strong>g and bear little relation to the underly<strong>in</strong>g risks of theexposure as it does not take account of cash flows, price sensitivity or pricevolatility. Also, for sophisticated <strong>in</strong>stitutions, the nom<strong>in</strong>al measurement methoddoes not allow an accurate aggregation of risks across all <strong>in</strong>struments.Thismethod should not be used on a stand-alone basis.2.This is the product of the notional amount of the contract expressed <strong>in</strong>millions and the rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g term of the contract expressed <strong>in</strong> number of months.For example, the month-million of an <strong>in</strong>terest rate contract <strong>with</strong> an amount of$60 million and a rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g term of three months is calculated as follows:3 months x $60 million = $180 month-million.This method is commonly used <strong>by</strong> market participants for measur<strong>in</strong>g exposure<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>terest rate products. It is simple <strong>in</strong> nature and is better than thenotional amount as it also takes account of the rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g maturity of thecontract which is a relevant factor <strong>in</strong> assess<strong>in</strong>g the market risk of <strong>in</strong>terestrate products. However, similar to the nom<strong>in</strong>al measurement method, itdoes not take account of the underly<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>strument's cash flow, price sensitivityor price volatility.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


Furthermore, contracts <strong>with</strong> the same month-million may have significantlydifferent risk exposures. For example, an <strong>in</strong>terest rate contract <strong>with</strong> anamount of $60 million and a rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g term of three months (3 months x$60 million = $180 month-million) has the same month-million of another<strong>in</strong>terest rate <strong>in</strong>strument <strong>with</strong> an amount of $3 million and a rema<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g termof five years (60 months x $3 million = $180 month-million). Althoughthese two <strong>in</strong>struments have the same month-million, their risk profiles (shorttermvs long term) are quite different and should be managed differently.This method should not therefore be used on a stand-alone basis <strong>by</strong> activederivatives participants.3. DURATIONDuration is a measure of the sensitivity of the present value or price of af<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>strument to a change <strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>terest rates. Conceptually, duration isthe average time to the receipt of cash flows weighted <strong>by</strong> the present valueof each of the cash flows <strong>in</strong> the series. This measurement technique calculatesprice sensitivities across different <strong>in</strong>struments and converts them to acommon denom<strong>in</strong>ator. Duration analysis can estimate the impact of <strong>in</strong>terestrate changes on the present value of the cash flows generated <strong>by</strong> a f<strong>in</strong>ancial<strong>in</strong>stitution's portfolio. For example, if the modified duration (duration divided<strong>by</strong> I + yield) of a security is 5, the price of the security will decrease <strong>by</strong>5 percent approximately, if the related yield <strong>in</strong>creases <strong>by</strong> one percent.The Price Value Basis Po<strong>in</strong>t (PVBP) measurement is a common applicationof the duration concept. This methodology assesses the change <strong>in</strong> presentvalue of a f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>strument or a portfolio of <strong>in</strong>struments due to a onebasis po<strong>in</strong>t change <strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>terest rates. PVBP is calculated <strong>by</strong> multiply<strong>in</strong>g theprice of the <strong>in</strong>strument <strong>by</strong> its modified duration and then <strong>by</strong> a factor of0.0001. For example, a one basis po<strong>in</strong>t <strong>in</strong>crease <strong>in</strong> yield would decrease theprice of a bond <strong>with</strong> a modified duration of 5 from 100 to 99.95. PVBP isa useful tool for sensitivity analysis of a position or a portfolio. It alsoprovides a quick tool for traders to evaluate their profit and loss due to abasis po<strong>in</strong>t movement <strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>terest rates.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


However, the duration method also has certa<strong>in</strong> limitations. Duration methodsfocus on sensitivity analysis but not probability analysis. They do not tellhow the value of a security or a portfolio of securities would be likely tochange based on past experience. Also, for large rate movements (<strong>by</strong> morethan one percent), duration tends to provide <strong>in</strong>accurate results as the truerelationship between a change <strong>in</strong> price and a change <strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>terest rate is notl<strong>in</strong>ear.This can be remedied to some extent <strong>by</strong> comb<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g duration measures<strong>with</strong> convexity measures (measur<strong>in</strong>g the rate of change of duration as yieldchanges).4. VALUE ATThis is a sophisticated method <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>gly used <strong>by</strong> major market participantsto assess the risk of their whole trad<strong>in</strong>g book. The "value at risk" (VAR)approach uses probability analysis based on historical price movements ofthe relevant f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>struments and an appropriate confidence <strong>in</strong>terval toassess the likely loss that the <strong>in</strong>stitution may experience given a specifiedhold<strong>in</strong>g period. It comb<strong>in</strong>es both probability analysis and sensitivity analysis.The follow<strong>in</strong>g is a simplified illustration of the concept:A bank has an open USD/DEM position of $ I million.The historical data <strong>in</strong>dicatesthat the one-day volatility dur<strong>in</strong>g an adverse USD/DEM exchange rate movementis 0.08 percent. The value at risk based on one standard deviation is:$1 million x 1(0.08 percent) = $800The value at risk based on three standard deviations is:$1 million x 3(0.08 percent) = $2,400This example can be <strong>in</strong>terpreted that there is an approximately 16 percentprobability (one standard deviation) based on the past price movementexperience that the bank may lose $800 or more overnight, and approximately0.14 percent probability (three standard deviation) the bank may lose $2,400or more. Additionally, the longer the hold<strong>in</strong>g period that is used, for example,five or ten days <strong>in</strong>stead of overnight, the larger the value at risk.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


There are three ma<strong>in</strong> VAR approaches: variance/covariance, historicalsimulation and Monte Carlo simulation. Under the variance/covarianceapproach, an <strong>in</strong>stitution uses summary statistics on the magnitude of pastprice movements <strong>in</strong> the relevant market factors (<strong>in</strong>terest rates, exchangerates, etc.), the estimated sensitivity of the positions/portfolio to movement<strong>in</strong> market factors, and correlations between price movements to estimatelikely potential losses <strong>in</strong> its portfolio of trad<strong>in</strong>g book positions. Under thehistorical simulation approach, an <strong>in</strong>stitution bases its expectation of potentialfuture losses on calculations of the losses that would have been susta<strong>in</strong>edon that book <strong>in</strong> the past us<strong>in</strong>g data on past price movements. Under theMonte Carlo simulation approach, an <strong>in</strong>stitution uses models to generatemany scenarios randomly <strong>in</strong> order to obta<strong>in</strong> the distribution of portfoliovalues to estimate the potential future losses.To derive the value at risk, the <strong>in</strong>stitution needs to determ<strong>in</strong>e the confidence<strong>in</strong>terval, m<strong>in</strong>imum hold<strong>in</strong>g period and m<strong>in</strong>imum sample period for calculat<strong>in</strong>gvolatilities and correlations. The Basle Committee has specified the standardsthat should be adopted <strong>by</strong> banks which use <strong>in</strong>ternal models for calculat<strong>in</strong>gthe capital requirements under its market risk regime. These are set out<strong>in</strong> Annex C.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


Annex CBYTHE FORRISKTOI. QUANTITATIVE STANDARDS• Value at risk (VAR) should be computed daily.• A 99% one-tailed confidence <strong>in</strong>terval should be used.M<strong>in</strong>imum hold<strong>in</strong>g period (or liquidation period) would be ten trad<strong>in</strong>gdays. However, banks may use the VAR numbers calculated accord<strong>in</strong>g toshorter hold<strong>in</strong>g periods scaled up to ten days. In the case of optionspositions or positions that display option-like characteristics, the scaleupapproach is allowed as an <strong>in</strong>terim measure only. Banks <strong>with</strong> suchpositions are expected to ultimately move towards the application ofthe m<strong>in</strong>imum hold<strong>in</strong>g period often trad<strong>in</strong>g days. In allow<strong>in</strong>g banks to usethe scale-up approach for options positions, supervisory authorities mayrequire these banks to adjust their capital measure for options riskthrough other methods, e.g. periodic simulations or stress test<strong>in</strong>g.• The m<strong>in</strong>imum sample period for calculat<strong>in</strong>g volatilities and correlationsis one year. For banks that use a weight<strong>in</strong>g scheme or other methodsfor the historical observation period, the "effective" observation periodmust be at least one year (i.e. the weighted average time lag of the<strong>in</strong>dividual observations cannot be less than six months).• Volatilities and correlations data should be updated at least quarterlyand whenever market prices are subject to material changes.• Correlation may be used to offset VAR both <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> and across broadrisk categories (e.g. <strong>in</strong>terest rates, exchange rates, equity prices andcommodity prices).Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


Options risk should be captured; risk associated <strong>with</strong> volatilities of therates and prices (vega risk) should be accounted for. For complexoption portfolios, term structures of volatilities should be used as therisk factors.* Each bank must meet, on a daily basis, a capital requirement as thehigher of (i) its previous day's VAR number and (ii) an average of thedaily VAR of the preced<strong>in</strong>g sixty bus<strong>in</strong>ess day multiplied <strong>by</strong> a multiplicationfactor (of at least 3) set <strong>by</strong> its supervisor.Separate capital charge to cover specific risk of traded debt and equitysecurities, to the extent that this risk is not <strong>in</strong>corporated <strong>in</strong>to the models,is required.2. SPECIFICATION OF MARKET RISK FACTORSAn important part of a bank's <strong>in</strong>ternal market measurement system is thespecification of an appropriate set of market risk factors, i.e. the marketrates and prices that affect the value of the bank's trad<strong>in</strong>g positions. Therisk factors used <strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>ternal risk management model should be sufficientto capture the risks <strong>in</strong>herent <strong>in</strong> an <strong>in</strong>stitution's portfolio of on- and offbalancesheet trad<strong>in</strong>g positions. In specify<strong>in</strong>g the risk factors, <strong>in</strong>stitutionsshould take <strong>in</strong>to account the follow<strong>in</strong>g:Interest rate based Instruments* The yield curve should be divided <strong>in</strong>to various maturity segments tocapture the variation <strong>in</strong> the volatility of <strong>in</strong>terest rates along the curve.• There will typically be one risk factor per segment. For exposures to<strong>in</strong>terest rate movements <strong>in</strong> the major currencies and markets, a m<strong>in</strong>imumof six risk factors (i.e. six maturity segments) is recommended. However,the number of risk factors should ultimately be driven <strong>by</strong> the nature ofthe <strong>in</strong>stitution's trad<strong>in</strong>g strategies.• The system must <strong>in</strong>corporate separate risk factors to capture spreadrisk e.g. difference between bonds and swaps, at various po<strong>in</strong>ts along theyield curve.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


Exchange rate based Instruments• There should be one risk factor (i.e. the foreign exchange rate aga<strong>in</strong>stthe domestic currency) for each currency <strong>in</strong> which the bank has asignificant exposure.Equity based <strong>in</strong>struments• There should be a risk factor correspond<strong>in</strong>g to each equity market <strong>in</strong>which the bank holds significant positions.• The m<strong>in</strong>imum standard is to have one broad-based equity <strong>in</strong>dex as a riskfactor <strong>in</strong> a market, and use "beta-equivalents" to relate it to <strong>in</strong>dividualstocks. However, more than one <strong>in</strong>dex could be used (for examplesector <strong>in</strong>dices) <strong>in</strong> a s<strong>in</strong>gle market.• The level of sophistication of the modell<strong>in</strong>g technique should correspondto the bank's exposure to the overall market as well as its concentration<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>dividual equity issues <strong>in</strong> that market.Commodity based <strong>in</strong>struments• For limited positions <strong>in</strong> commodity-based <strong>in</strong>struments, it might beacceptable to use a s<strong>in</strong>gle risk factor for a relatively broad class ofcommodities (e.g. a s<strong>in</strong>gle risk factor for all class of oils).• For more active trad<strong>in</strong>g, the model must account for the variation <strong>in</strong> the"convenience yield" (i.e. the benefits from direct ownership of the physicalcommodity e.g. the ability to profit from temporary market shortages)between derivatives positions such as forwards and swaps and cashpositions <strong>in</strong> the commodity.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


Annex D1. NOTIONAL OR VOLUME LIMITSLimits based on the notional amount of derivatives contracts are the mostbasic and simplest form of limits for controll<strong>in</strong>g the risks of derivativestransactions. They are useful <strong>in</strong> limit<strong>in</strong>g transaction volume, and liquidity andsettlement risks. However, these limits cannot take account of price sensitivityand volatility and say noth<strong>in</strong>g about the actual level of risk (<strong>in</strong> capital orearn<strong>in</strong>gs terms) faced <strong>by</strong> the <strong>in</strong>stitution. <strong>Derivatives</strong> participants should nottherefore use these limits as a stand-alone tool to control market risk.2. STOP LOSS LIMITSThese limits are established to avoid unrealized loss <strong>in</strong> a position fromexceed<strong>in</strong>g a specified level. When these limits are reached, the position willeither be liquidated or hedged. Typical stop loss limits <strong>in</strong>clude those relat<strong>in</strong>gto accumulated unrealized losses for a day, a week or a month.Some <strong>in</strong>stitutions also establish management action trigger (MAT) limits <strong>in</strong>addition to stop loss limits. These are for early warn<strong>in</strong>g purposes. Forexample, management may establish a MAT limit at 75 percent of the stoploss limit. When the unrealized loss reaches 75 percent of the stop losslimit, management will be alerted of the position and may trigger certa<strong>in</strong>management actions, such as close monitor<strong>in</strong>g of the position, reduc<strong>in</strong>g orearly clos<strong>in</strong>g out the position before it reaches the stop loss limits.The above loss triggers complement other limits, but they are generally notsufficient <strong>by</strong> themselves. They are not anticipatory; they are based onunrealized losses to date and do not measure the potential earn<strong>in</strong>gs at riskbased on market characteristics. They will not prevent losses larger thanthe stop loss limits if ft becomes impossible to close out positions, e.g.because of market illiquidity.yygGuidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


3. GAP OR MATURITY BAND LIMITSThese limits are designed to control loss exposure <strong>by</strong> controll<strong>in</strong>g the volumeor amount of the derivatives that mature or are repriced <strong>in</strong> a given timeperiod. For example, management can establish gap limits for each maturityband of 3 months, 6 months, 9 months, one year, etc. to avoid maturitiesconcentrat<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> certa<strong>in</strong> maturity bands. Such limits can be used to reducethe volatility of derivatives revenue <strong>by</strong> stagger<strong>in</strong>g the maturity and/or repric<strong>in</strong>gand there<strong>by</strong> smooth<strong>in</strong>g the effect of changes <strong>in</strong> market factors affect<strong>in</strong>gprice. Maturity limits can also be useful for liquidity risk control and therepric<strong>in</strong>g limits can be used for <strong>in</strong>terest rate management.Similar to notional and stop loss limits, gap limits can be useful to supplementother limits, but are not sufficient to be used <strong>in</strong> isolation as they do notprovide a reasonable proxy for the market risk exposure which a particularderivatives position may present to the <strong>in</strong>stitution.4. VALUE AT RISK LIMITSThese limits are designed to restrict the amount of potential loss fromcerta<strong>in</strong> types of derivatives products or the whole trad<strong>in</strong>g book to levels(or percentages of capital or earn<strong>in</strong>gs) approved <strong>by</strong> the board and seniormanagement. To monitor compliance <strong>with</strong> the limits, management calculatesthe current market value of positions and then uses statistical modell<strong>in</strong>gtechniques to assess the probable loss (<strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> a certa<strong>in</strong> level of confidence)given historical changes <strong>in</strong> market factors (details are set out <strong>in</strong> Annex B).The advantage of value at risk (VAR) limits is that they are related directlyto the amount of capital or earn<strong>in</strong>gs which are at risk Among other th<strong>in</strong>gs,they are therefore more readily understood <strong>by</strong> the board and seniormanagement. The level ofVAR limits should reflect the maximum exposuresauthorized <strong>by</strong> the board and senior management, the quality and sophisticationof the risk measurement systems and the performance of the models used<strong>in</strong> assess<strong>in</strong>g potential loss <strong>by</strong> compar<strong>in</strong>g projected and actual results. Onedrawback <strong>in</strong> the use of such models is that they are only as good as theGuidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


assumptions on which they are based (and the quality of the data which hasbeen used to calculate the various volatilities, correlations and sensitivities).5. OPTIONS LIMITSThese are specifically designed to control the risks of options. Optionslimits should <strong>in</strong>clude Delta, Gamma, Vega, Theta and Rho limits.Delta is a measure of the amount an option's price would be expected tochange for a unit change <strong>in</strong> the price of the underly<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>strument.Gamma is a measure of the amount delta would be expected to change <strong>in</strong>response to a unit change <strong>in</strong> the price of the underly<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>strument.Vega is a measure of the amount an option's price would be expected tochange <strong>in</strong> response to a unit change <strong>in</strong> the price volatility of the underly<strong>in</strong>g<strong>in</strong>strument.Theta is a measure of the amount an option's price would be expected tochange <strong>in</strong> response to changes <strong>in</strong> the option's time to expiration.Rho is a measure of the amount an option's price would be expected tochange <strong>in</strong> response to changes <strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>terest rates.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


Annex EONThis Annex sets out recommended best practices <strong>in</strong> the follow<strong>in</strong>g majorareas of operational controls:A. Segregation of dutiesB. Trade entry and transaction documentationC. Confirmation proceduresD. Settlement and disbursement proceduresE. Reconciliation proceduresF. Revaluation proceduresG. Exceptions reportsH. Account<strong>in</strong>g proceduresA. SEGREGATION OF DUTIES• There should be clear segregation, functionally and physically, betweenthe front office and back office.• Job descriptions and report<strong>in</strong>g l<strong>in</strong>es of all front office and back officepersonnel should support the pr<strong>in</strong>ciple of segregation of duties outl<strong>in</strong>ed<strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>stitution's policies.• The process of execut<strong>in</strong>g trades should be separated from that ofconfirm<strong>in</strong>g, reconcil<strong>in</strong>g, revalu<strong>in</strong>g, or settl<strong>in</strong>g these transactions orcontroll<strong>in</strong>g the disbursement of funds, securities or other payments,such as marg<strong>in</strong>s, commissions, fees, etc.• Individuals <strong>in</strong>itiat<strong>in</strong>g transactions should not confirm trades, revaluepositions for profit and loss calculation, approve or make generalledger entries, or resolve disputed trades.• Access to deal record<strong>in</strong>g, trade process<strong>in</strong>g and general ledger systemsshould be restricted <strong>by</strong> us<strong>in</strong>g physical access controls e.g. user ID andpassword codes and term<strong>in</strong>al access controls.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


* There should be a unit <strong>in</strong>dependent of the trad<strong>in</strong>g room responsiblefor review<strong>in</strong>g daily reports to detect excesses <strong>in</strong> approved trad<strong>in</strong>g andcredit limits.B. TRADE ENTRY AND TRANSACTION DOCUMENTATION* Management should ensure that procedures are <strong>in</strong> place to provide aclear and fully documented audit trail of derivatives transactions. Theseprocedures should be adequate to <strong>in</strong>form management of trad<strong>in</strong>gactivities and to facilitate detection of non-compliance <strong>with</strong> policiesand procedures. The <strong>in</strong>formation on derivatives transactions shouldbe <strong>in</strong> a format that can be readily reviewed <strong>by</strong> the <strong>in</strong>stitution'smanagement as well as <strong>by</strong> <strong>in</strong>ternal and external auditors.* There should be sufficient account<strong>in</strong>g and other records that captureand record on a timely basis and <strong>in</strong> an orderly fashion every transactionwhich the <strong>in</strong>stitution enters <strong>in</strong>to to expla<strong>in</strong>:- its nature and purpose (e.g. trad<strong>in</strong>g or hedg<strong>in</strong>g);- any asset and/or liability, actual and cont<strong>in</strong>gent, which respectivelyarises or may arise from it; and- any <strong>in</strong>come and/or expenditure, current and/or deferred, whicharises from it.* All derivatives transactions should be sequentially controlled (e.g. theuse of prenumbered deal<strong>in</strong>g slips), timed and tracked <strong>by</strong> tape record<strong>in</strong>gof dealers 1 telephones to ensure that all deals are accounted for andto provide an audit trail for deals effected.Sequence of theprenumbered forms should be reviewed and accounted for periodically.Tape record<strong>in</strong>g equipment should not be accessible <strong>by</strong> the dealers andshould rema<strong>in</strong> under the control of management.* To establish valid contracts, records of orig<strong>in</strong>al entries should capturesufficient details, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g:- Time and date of execution.- Name of dealer execut<strong>in</strong>g transactions.- Name of staff enter<strong>in</strong>g transaction data (if different from dealer).IBSGuidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


- Name of counterparty.- Type of <strong>in</strong>strument, price, and amount.- Settlement or effective date.- Payment or settlement <strong>in</strong>structions.- Brokers 1 fees or commissions and other expenses.• Dealers should ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong> a position sheet for each product traded andcont<strong>in</strong>uous position reports <strong>in</strong> the deal<strong>in</strong>g room. Dealers' positionreports should be submitted to management for review at the end ofeach trad<strong>in</strong>g day.• Daily position report should be prepared from the <strong>in</strong>stitution'sprocess<strong>in</strong>g system/general ledger <strong>by</strong> back office personnel. The reportsshould <strong>in</strong>clude all transactions and be reconciled daily to the dealer'sposition reports.• Every transaction should be updated (i.e. mark to market) <strong>in</strong> thecalculation of market and credit risk limits.• There should be sufficient transaction documentation to support limitreport<strong>in</strong>g and a proper audit trail. A unit <strong>in</strong>dependent of the frontoffice should be responsible for review<strong>in</strong>g daily reports to detectexcesses of approved trad<strong>in</strong>g limits.• There should be an approved list of brokers, counterparties and explicitpolicies and procedures for dispute resolution.• Dealers should adhere to stated limits.If limit excesses arise,management approval should be obta<strong>in</strong>ed and documented prior toexecution of the transaction. There should be adequate records oflimit excesses.• Deals should be transacted at market rates. The use of off-marketrates as a base for the renewal of matur<strong>in</strong>g derivatives contractsshould be on an exception basis and subject to the follow<strong>in</strong>g conditions:- it is permitted <strong>in</strong> accordance <strong>with</strong> stated policies and proceduresof the <strong>in</strong>stitution and the justification and approval of suchtransactions are documented;Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


- the customer had specifically requested it;- it was known to the <strong>in</strong>stitution that the customer did so <strong>with</strong> full<strong>in</strong>ternal authority, be<strong>in</strong>g aware of the possibility that a loss couldbe concealed there<strong>by</strong>; and- the relevant contracts will be marked to market so that thediscounted value of the contract and the loss aris<strong>in</strong>g from us<strong>in</strong>g theoff-market rate can be shown <strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>stitution's accounts and itsreturns to the MA.C. CONFIRMATION PROCEDURES* The method of confirmation used should provide a documentationtrail that supports the <strong>in</strong>stitution's position <strong>in</strong> the event of disputes.* Outgo<strong>in</strong>g confirmations should be <strong>in</strong>itiated no later than one bus<strong>in</strong>essday after the transaction date. Any use of same-day telephoneconfirmations should be taped-recorded and followed <strong>with</strong> writtenconfirmations. Oral confirmation will be accepted only if the l<strong>in</strong>es aretaped and agreed <strong>with</strong> counterparty <strong>in</strong> advance.* Outgo<strong>in</strong>g confirmations should conta<strong>in</strong> all relevant contract detailsand be delivered to a department <strong>in</strong>dependent of the trad<strong>in</strong>g unit ofthe counterparty. Follow-up confirmations should be sent if nocorrespond<strong>in</strong>g, <strong>in</strong>com<strong>in</strong>g confirmation is received <strong>with</strong><strong>in</strong> a limitednumber of days after the contract is effected. The account<strong>in</strong>g/fil<strong>in</strong>gsystem should be able to identify booked contracts for which no<strong>in</strong>com<strong>in</strong>g confirmations have been received. Records of outstand<strong>in</strong>gunconfirmed transactions should be kept and reviewed <strong>by</strong> managementon a regular basis.* Incom<strong>in</strong>g confirmations should be delivered to the designated personnelwho are responsible for reconcil<strong>in</strong>g confirmations <strong>with</strong> trad<strong>in</strong>g recordsand not to trad<strong>in</strong>g personnel.* All <strong>in</strong>com<strong>in</strong>g confirmations should be verified <strong>with</strong> file copies of contracts/deal<strong>in</strong>g slips and-for authenticity. All discrepancies should be promptlyidentified and <strong>in</strong>vestigated <strong>by</strong> an officer <strong>in</strong>dependent of the trad<strong>in</strong>gGuidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


function for resolution. They should also be tracked, aged, and reportedto management. Trends <strong>by</strong> type should be identified and addressed.D. SETTLEMENT AND DISBURSEMENT PROCEDURES• Specific procedures should be established for the <strong>in</strong>itiation of, andauthority for, fund transfer.• No one person <strong>in</strong> a fund transfer operation (e.g. SWIFT) should beresponsible for the process<strong>in</strong>g, verify<strong>in</strong>g and approv<strong>in</strong>g of a request.Only authorised persons <strong>with</strong> appropriate segregation of duties shouldhave access to fund transmission systems, cash books, account<strong>in</strong>formation, and term<strong>in</strong>al facilities.• Reasons underly<strong>in</strong>g requests for funds should be analysed anddocumented. Settlement staff should be alert to any unusualtransactions and immediately report them to management. They shoulddist<strong>in</strong>guish between payments made on behalf of the <strong>in</strong>stitution andthose on behalf of clients.* Institutions must determ<strong>in</strong>e the authenticity of fund transfer requestsbefore payments are released. This may <strong>in</strong>clude direct telephoneconfirmation <strong>with</strong> the counterparty <strong>in</strong> addition to the verification oftest keys.* In case test keys are used to verify the authenticity of requests fortransfer of funds, such test keys should be separated <strong>in</strong>to two parts(fixed and variable) and reset <strong>with</strong> the counterparty on at least ayearly basis. Each part should be kept <strong>by</strong> a different staff. No test keyholders should be allowed to access the telex room.* Payments should be properly authorised prior to disbursement of funds.Dual approvals should be required for large payments to help ensurevalidity and correctness, whether released manually or via SWIFT, testedtelex or similar transmission systems. Access to the transmission systemshould be properly approved and granted on a need-to-perform basisand periodically reviewed <strong>by</strong> l<strong>in</strong>e management. In addition, adequateprocedures should be established to control password ma<strong>in</strong>tenance,Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded InstrumentsMm


addition and deletion of operators, and other system changes.• Institutions should reta<strong>in</strong> logs record<strong>in</strong>g transfer request <strong>in</strong>formation,assign sequential numbers to <strong>in</strong>com<strong>in</strong>g and outgo<strong>in</strong>g messages, andcopies of all messages received on fund transmission systems. At theend of each bus<strong>in</strong>ess day, request forms should be compared to theactual transfer to ensure that all transfers are properly authorised andcarried out.• There should be clear policy on the appropriateness of accept<strong>in</strong>grequests for "third-party payment", i.e. payment <strong>in</strong>structions to theaccount of an <strong>in</strong>dividual, <strong>in</strong>stitution or corporation other than that ofthe counterparty to the transaction. To ensure the accuracy andauthenticity of all payment <strong>in</strong>structions for payments to and fromcounterparties, <strong>in</strong> particular those <strong>in</strong>volv<strong>in</strong>g third party names,management may adopt various measures <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g:- Requir<strong>in</strong>g an authenticated confirmation of the payment <strong>in</strong>structionon the transaction date;- Requir<strong>in</strong>g the counterparty to submit a list of <strong>in</strong>dividuals authorisedto transact bus<strong>in</strong>ess and to confirm deals;- Confirm<strong>in</strong>g <strong>by</strong> telephone all deals on the settlement date directly<strong>with</strong> the counterparty; and- Reject<strong>in</strong>g payment <strong>in</strong>structions to account numbers <strong>with</strong>outcorrespond<strong>in</strong>g names.• Daily <strong>in</strong>dependent reconciliation of transferred funds <strong>with</strong> nostroaccounts and general ledger is an essential control for detection oferrors or misapplications of funds.E. RECONCILIATION PROCEDURES• All pert<strong>in</strong>ent data, reports, and systems should be reconciled on a timelybasis to ensure that the <strong>in</strong>stitution's official books agree <strong>with</strong> dealers'records. At the m<strong>in</strong>imum, the follow<strong>in</strong>g reports should be reconciled:- Dealer's positions to operational database.- Operational database to general ledger (<strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g suspense accounts).Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


- Dealer's profit and loss statement to profit and loss account.- General ledger to regulatory reports.- For exchange traded products, brokers* statements (or theexchange's statements) to general ledger and the <strong>in</strong>come statement.• The reconciliation of front office positions should be performed <strong>by</strong> an<strong>in</strong>dividual <strong>in</strong>dependent of deal<strong>in</strong>g function. Internal auditors should beresponsible for ensur<strong>in</strong>g that reconciliation procedures are properlyperformed.• The frequency of the reconciliations should be commensurate <strong>with</strong>the scale, significance and complexity of the trad<strong>in</strong>g operation. Activedealers should reconcile dealer's positions and profit and loss statementsto the operational database and general ledger on a daily basis.• Unusual items and any items outstand<strong>in</strong>g for an <strong>in</strong>ord<strong>in</strong>ately longperiod of time should be <strong>in</strong>vestigated.• There should be adequate audit trail to ensure that balances andaccounts have been properly reconciled. Reconciliation records anddocumentation should be ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong>ed and <strong>in</strong>dependently reviewed. Suchrecord should be kept for an appropriate period of time prior to theirdestruction.F. REVALUATION PROCEDURES• The revaluation procedures should cover the full range of derivatives<strong>in</strong>struments <strong>in</strong>cluded <strong>in</strong> the <strong>in</strong>stitution's trad<strong>in</strong>g portfolio.• Revaluation rates should be obta<strong>in</strong>ed from or verified <strong>by</strong> a source (ordifferent sources <strong>in</strong> the case of OTC derivatives) <strong>in</strong>dependent of thedealers, representative of the market levels and properly approved.Revaluation calculations should be <strong>in</strong>dependently checked.• Revaluation of accounts should be performed at least monthly. Foractive market participants, revaluations should be performed on a dailybasis.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


• Profits and losses result<strong>in</strong>g from revaluation should be posted to thegeneral ledger at least once a month and positions should be markedto-marketregularly for risk control and MIS purposes.• If models are used to derive or <strong>in</strong>terpolate specific market factors,assumptions and methodologies used should be consistent andreasonable, and should be reviewed periodically <strong>by</strong> the <strong>in</strong>dependentrisk control unit. Any changes of the assumptions and methodologiesshould be justified and approved <strong>by</strong> management.• Revaluation rates and calculations should be fully documented.G. EXCEPTIONS REPORTS• To track errors, frauds and losses, the back office should generatemanagement reports that reflect current status and trends for thefollow<strong>in</strong>g items:- Outstand<strong>in</strong>g general ledger reconcil<strong>in</strong>g items.- Failed trades.- Off-market trades.- After-hours and off-premises trad<strong>in</strong>g.~ Ag<strong>in</strong>g of unconfirmed trades.- Suspense items payable/receivable.- Brokerage payments.- Miscellaneous losses.• The management <strong>in</strong>formation system/report<strong>in</strong>g system of the <strong>in</strong>stitutionshould enable the detection of unusual patterns of activity (i.e. <strong>in</strong>crease<strong>in</strong> volume, new trad<strong>in</strong>g counterparties, etc.) for review <strong>by</strong> management.H. ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES• Institutions should have written account<strong>in</strong>g policies relat<strong>in</strong>g to trad<strong>in</strong>gand hedg<strong>in</strong>g <strong>with</strong> derivatives <strong>in</strong>struments, which are <strong>in</strong> conformity<strong>with</strong> generally accepted account<strong>in</strong>g pr<strong>in</strong>ciples and approved <strong>by</strong> seniormanagement.Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


Transactions should be categorised accord<strong>in</strong>g to whether they wereentered <strong>in</strong>to for trad<strong>in</strong>g purposes or whether they were entered <strong>in</strong>toto hedge exist<strong>in</strong>g assets, liabilities, other off-balance sheet positions orfuture cash flow. Adequate evidence of <strong>in</strong>tention to hedge should beestablished at the outset of the hedg<strong>in</strong>g transaction and there shouldbe clearly def<strong>in</strong>ed procedures <strong>in</strong> place for identify<strong>in</strong>g such transactions.Trad<strong>in</strong>g transactions should be marked to market. Hedg<strong>in</strong>g transactionsshould be valued on the same basis as the related assets, liabilities,positions or future cash flows.The sett<strong>in</strong>g up and use of suspense accounts should be properlycontrolled.Institutions should report derivatives transactions <strong>in</strong> regulatory reportsand annual accounts <strong>in</strong> conform<strong>in</strong>g <strong>with</strong> their established account<strong>in</strong>gpolicies.For f<strong>in</strong>ancial <strong>in</strong>struments which are netted for f<strong>in</strong>ancial report<strong>in</strong>g andregulatory report<strong>in</strong>g, <strong>in</strong>stitutions should ensure that the relevant nett<strong>in</strong>gagreements conform <strong>with</strong> the criteria issued <strong>by</strong> the MA or otherrelevant authorities permitt<strong>in</strong>g such setoff.**>f4Guidel<strong>in</strong>e on Risk Management of <strong>Derivatives</strong> and Other Traded Instruments


This book is due for return or renewal on the dateshown unless previously recalled. F<strong>in</strong>es may be<strong>in</strong>curred for late return,I Bir.cMnrDATE DUE25. jW. ?t''"2


f-r i, *, r it?' nr: »- • - *O --^ - ' .; > ; {.xaruO * .I. Cft-crCT

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!